Selected quad for the lemma: mercy_n

Word A Word B Word C Word D Occurrence Frequency Band MI MI Band Prominent
mercy_n goodness_n lord_n psal_n 4,045 5 7.5057 4 true
View all documents for the selected quad

Text snippets containing the quad

ID Title Author Corrected Date of Publication (TCP Date of Publication) STC Words Pages
A70318 The works of the reverend and learned Henry Hammond, D.D. The fourth volume containing A paraphrase & annotations upon the Psalms : as also upon the (ten first chapters of the) Proverbs : together with XXXI sermons : also an Appendix to Vol. II.; Works. Vol. 4. 1684 Hammond, Henry, 1605-1660. 1684 (1684) Wing H507; Wing H580; ESTC R21450 2,213,877 900

There are 68 snippets containing the selected quad. | View lemmatised text

salvation Paraphrase 5. This I know thou wilt 〈◊〉 and am assuredly con● that as I have constantly relyed on thee for ayde so I shall have the pleasure and comfort of being timely delivered by thee 6. I will sing unto the Lord because he hath dealt bountifully with me Paraphrase 6. I have had so frequent and constant experiences of his goodness and mercy toward me that I cannot doubt of the continuance of them and therefore I have nothing to do but thus to comfort and stay my self in him and praising him for what I have already received place my chearful assistance in him for the future Annotations on Psal XIII V. 3. Lighten mine eyes what is the meaning of this phrase 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 lighten mine eyes may perhaps be best judged by Jonathans speech 1 Sam. 14.27 who being very hungry and ready to faint dipt his rod in an honey-comb and eat of it and the Text saith his eyes were enlightened i. e. he was refresht by it Dimness of sight is a frequent effect of long fasting and then eating is the proper means of repairing that decay and so this effect is by metonymie set to signifie that refection which causeth thi● See saith Jonathan v. 29. how mine eyes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 have been enlightened because I tasted a little of this honey i. e. how I have received refreshment by eating this There indeed the LXXII render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mine eyes have seen either reading 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to see or more probably thus to express the meaning more perspicuously for his eyes seeing was an evidence of their being inlightened and his being thus refresht from his hunger and so before v. 27. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 say they his eyes received sight or saw clearly This was litterally applicable to David when he came to Nob 1 Sam. 1. for then being threatned by Saul aut●rised by Jonathan to flie he was so distrest by 〈◊〉 that ne was fain to eat the Shew-bread And so again in the time of Absalom's rebellion David and his Forces were hungry and weary and thirsty in the wilderness 2 Sam. 17.29 had not Shobi and Machir and Barzillai refresht and so enlightened their eyes v. 27 28. But it may also by an easie Metaphor be applyed to the political state When in any time of affliction exprest frequently by darkness and gloominess the person is relieved or refreshed his eyes are said to be inlightened in proporcion to that refreshment that hungry fainting persons receive by meat So Ezra 9.8 the restitution after captivity giving them a little reviving in their bondage is styled Gods lightening their eyes And so it is in this place in the midst of that sadness that now lay on David parallel to a fainting fit of hunger in the body or to captivity in a state which if it were not speedily relieved would end in death quickly See more of this Psalm 19. note e. V. 6. Dealt bountifully 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies to retribute whether good or ill or simply to do either and which it is the context must direct Here all interpreters agree of the good sense The Chaldee add 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 good the XXII read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the Latine bona tribuit given me good things and so the Arabick and Aethiopick the Syriack 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hath delivered me and so we find it Psal 116.7.119.17 and in many other places and 't is indifferently used either with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 on or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to after it and so 't is best rendred here hath dealt well with me The Fourteenth PSALM TO the chief Musitian a Psalm of David Paraphrase The fourteenth Psalm is a sad reflection on the wickedness and universal defection of his subjects the men of Israel in the conspiracy and rebellion of Absalom 1 Sam. 15. looking only to God for deliverance from them It was indited by David and committed to the Prefect of his Quire 1. The fool hath said in his heart there is no God They are corrupt they have done abominable works there is none that doth good Paraphrase 1. This wicked Nation is now made up of such as have cast off all fear and care and even acknowledgment of God whatsoever they do with their mouthes which perhaps are not let loose to that boldness their actions as far as they are interpreters of their thoughts evidence an Atheistical principle of belief within them that God hath not the governing and judging of the doings of men for such are their dealings so false so detestable and so universally such that a man cannot judge more favourably of them than that they never expect to be accountable to God for what they do 2. The Lord looked down from Heaven upon the children of Men to see if there were any that did understand and seek after God Paraphrase 2. Should God from his throne of Majesty and tribunal of just judgment survey and examine all the inhabitants of the whole Nation making inquisition for those that consider and make conscience of duty and indeavour to approve themselves to his pure eyes 3. They are all gone aside they are altogether become filthy there is none that doth good no not one Paraphrase 3. He would find a most lamentable appearance an universal detestable decay of all justice all Duty both toward God and Man base rotten conversation and no considerable degree of piety or humanity or any thing that is good in any This as it was observably true of Israel that people of God so eminently owned and favoured by him in Davids time and in their behaviour toward him so had it a farther prophetick truth in it in respect of the Universality of them at the time of Christ's appearing in the World and in their actions toward him and his Apostles after him to the Jews of which Age St. Paul applies it Rom. 3.10 4. Have all the workers of iniquity no knowledge who eat up my people as they eat bread and call not upon the Lord Paraphrase 4. 'T is strange the conspirators should thus go on in their Atheistical folly and never be wrought on by all the evidences of Gods power and justice among them never brought to any degree of sense or remorse but still go on in their presumptuous and withal assiduous constant course of injustice and cruelty And the effect is yet more sad others that see them go on thus follow them into their impieties do not adhere as they ought to God depend on his support but joyn and comply with the conspitators 5. There were they in great fear for God is in the generation of the righteous Paraphrase 5. When they appeared powerful and threatned all that would not go along with them the Men of Israel were universally terrified and joyned themselves to the rebel forces but this most
out of the hand of the wicked Paraphrase 10. O let all that pretend to love or honour or serve him fly from all pollution both of flesh and spirit all that he hath forbidden all that may any way provoke his wrath who is a God of pure eyes and cannot behold iniquity And if all their lives be laid out on this one care of approving themselves to him their time will be well spent in this service and beside the endless reward in another world they shall not fail of the evidences of his goodness and graciousness here in giving them signal preservations and deliverances from all the machinations of wicked men and in his time rest and cessation of persecutions peaceable assemblies and opportunities of serving him 11. Light is sown for the righteous and gladness for the upright in heart Paraphrase 11. For though the service of God under the Gospel have an annexation of tribulations which must be expected and chearfully supported in this life being dispensed by the divine providence for many falubrious and beneficial ends yet is there that seed and foundation of joy and abundant delight to all honest and truly pious hearts sown there that shall not fall to bring forth all comfortable and blessed effects to them even in this life by the practice of Christian vertues by the comforts and peace of conscience and that lively hope that is afforded to all faithfull obedient disciples and over and above after this life the fruition of endless bliss and glory 12. Rejoyce in the Lord ye righteous and give thanks at the remembrance of his holiness Paraphrase 12. This therefore is matter of the greatest exultation and thanksgiving and commemoration of God's infinite goodness and mercy to all truly pious men Annotations on Psal XCVII V. 2. Habitation of his throne From 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 prepared fitted confirmed is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 here used for a place seat but especially a basis whereon any thing is set from whence the LXXII had their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the very Hebrew 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for basis 1 King 7.27 The Chaldee here retains the Original 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but the LXXII from the notion of the verb for fitting reade 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the setting right of his throne the Syriack by way of paraphrase by equity and judgment 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thy throne is confirmed all which concurr to the notion of basis and foundation which is the thing which gives the rectitude first and then the stability to the chair or throne that is set on it And so that is without question the right intelligible rendring of the phrase Righteousness and judgment are the not habitation but basis of his throne i. e. his sentences decrees judicatures are all built upon righteousness and judgment as a throne is built and established on a foundation The Jewish Arab renders it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the condition state or manner V. 7. Gods That 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sometimes signifies Angels hath been formerly noted And that in this place it doth so and not as it doth afterward v. 9. and Psal 96.4 5. the Gods of the Gentiles the Idol false Gods or as here the Chaldee understand it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 all the nations that serve Idols is manifest not onely by the LXXII that render it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his Angels and the Syriack 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the same sense and so the Latin c. but especially by the Apostle Heb. 1.6 where speaking expresly of Christ's preeminence above Angels and bringing testimonies of it out of Scripture he adds that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 when it i. e. the Scripture would introduce the first born i. e. the Messias into the world i. e. that superiour world call'd 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the world to come c. 11.5 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 it saith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and let all the Angels of God worship him Which words being evidently taken from the LXXII in this place as they convince 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 here to signifie Angels so they are a key to admit us into the full importance of this whole Psalm that it is the introducing the Messias into heaven a description of Christ's middle coming so frequently styled in the New Testament 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the coming or presence as here v. 5. of the Son of man and the kingdom of God and of heaven viz. his ascent thither and so entring on his regal power v. 1. which he was to exercise there To which therefore are annext the effects thereof on those that would not permit or allow him to reign over them destroying the obstinate rebels both Jews and Gentiles and giving all cause of rejoycing to all that received the faith and subjected themselves to his Government That this so usefull a key to this Psalm may not be wrested from us it is not amiss to take notice that some shew of probability there is that the words Heb. 1.6 may be taken from Deut. 32.43 and not from this Psalm where the LXXII reade these very words 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Let all the Angels of God worship him But first the Hebrew in that place hath no such words but onely these 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which the Chaldee and Syriack and Samaritan and Arabick and Vulgar Latin all with exact accord render Praise his people ye Gentiles or proclaim depredicate his people promulgate God's special favour to them for which the cause is rendred in the next words for he will avenge the bloud of his servants whereas the LXXII as our Copies now have it presents us with this great variety no less than four express Scholions for this one plain sense 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Rejoyce ye heavens together with him and let all the Angels of God worship him Rejoyce ye Gentiles with his people and let all the sons of God be strong to him Of these it may be observed that as onely the first and the third pretend to be rendrings of the Hebrew and the second and fourth paraphrases or explications of their meaning in them so the false reading of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with him for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his people hath begotten them both For having rendred that in the former 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 together with him they have converted 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 nations into 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 heavens then annext the second to render an account of that let all the Angels of God worship him signifying the Angels worshipping him to be that which they meant by the heavens rejoycing together with him and so those heavens those Angels in them to be the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the nations there called to to praise or rejoyce with him In the third they have rendred 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 rejoyce ye nations which differs but lightly from
60. v. 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12. and i● a solemn commemoration of God's mercies to David in the victories obtained by him over his enemies round about particularly at the taking of Rabba 2 Sam. 12.29 together with a prayer for continuance of all God's mercies 1. O God my heart is fixed I will sing and give praise even with my glory 2. Awake Psaltery and Harp I my self will awake early Paraphrase 1 2. Blessed Lord how am I ingaged to bless and praise thy holy name to imploy my tongue and all the instruments of musick and every faculty of my soul in commemorating thy goodness and signal mercies to me This is the least that can be deemed incumbent on me and this I shall most readily heartily and chearfully perform see Psal 57.7 8. 3. I will praise thee O Lord among the people and I will sing praises to thee among the nations Paraphrase 3. And 't is not fit that so great dignations should be acknowledged in the closet or privacy onely 't is most decent that our tribute of praise for them should be in the midst of the assembly with the greatest possible solemnity calling all others to take part in so important an office Psal 57.9 4. For thy mercy is great above the heavens and thy truth reacheth unto the clouds Paraphrase 4. For thy mercy and fidelity have been magnified toward me in a most eminent manner and are each of them infinitely great see Psal 57.10 5. Be thou exalted O God above the heavens and thy glory above all the earth Paraphrase 5. For which therefore blessed be for ever thy glorious majesty in the highest degree that is possible for us finite and infirm creatures see Psal 57.11 6. That thy beloved may be delivered save with thy right hand and answer me Paraphrase 6. Who have received such signal assistances from thee evidences of thy special favour and interposition of thine own right hand in return and answer to the prayers which we have addrest to thee See Psal 60.5 7. God hath spoken in his holiness I will rejoyce I will divide Shechem and mete out the valley of Succoth 8. Gilead is mine Manasseh is mine Ephraim also is the strength of my head Judah is my lawgiver Paraphrase 7 8. God made me a most sure promise which he hath now most signally performed and so given me matter of all triumph and rejoycing and thanksgiving that I am not onely fully and quietly possest of all the kingdom both of Israel and Judah and delivered from the assaults which were made against me by my malicious neighbours see Psal 60.6 7. note d. 9. Moab is my washpot over Edom will I cast out my shooe over Phililistia will I triumph Paraphrase 9. But even that they that thus assaulted me are themselves brought down in subjection to me by name the Moabites the Idumaeans and the Philistims see Psal 60.8 and note d. 10. Who will bring me into the strong city who will lead me into Edom Paraphrase 10. And now let the Ammonites cast us in the teeth reproach us as if we should doe nothing of all this as if their cities were impregnable or our armies utterly unsufficient to vanquish and subdue them 11. Wilt not thou O God who hast cast us off and wilt not thou O God go forth with our hosts Paraphrase 11. That God which for our sins had formerly withdrawn his assistance and so long we must needs be improsperous having no means left to accomplish any victories hath now been graciously pleased to return to us and assist us and manage the whole business for us to give us this last victory over the Regal City and King of the Ammonites and so to testifie by this happy success his signal presence with us 12. Give us help from trouble for vain is the help of man Paraphrase 12. To him therefore alone is our resort in the greatest distress from him must come the relief or we shall be lost all other assistances beside that of heaven being utterly unsufficient see Psal 60.11 13. Through God we shall doe valiantly for it is he that shall tread down our enemies Paraphrase 13. If he interpose his power on our side no enemy shall be able to stand before us It is he and not any strength of ours that shall work all our victories for us see Psal 60.12 And on this we will confidently depend through his goodness and mercy to us Annotations on Psal CVIII V. 4. Above the heavens Among the few variations which are made in this Psalm from the several parcels of Psal 57. and 60. of which it is composed it may be observed that instead of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the heavens Psal 57.10 't is here 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from above the heavens which being designed as an expression to set out the greatness of the extent of God's mercies First it doth that very perfectly and signifies the infiniteness of it not onely above the heavens but from thence continuedly down to us 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from above to the lowest and meanest of us and to all betwixt and Secondly it confirms our rendring 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 both there and here not clouds but skyes meaning the bodies of the heavens those pure aethereal orbs where the Sun and Moon and Stars are see note on Psal 57. c. for taking 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for the regions of the air and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for the celestial bodies these two phrases will perfectly accord 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from above the lower of them the aiery regions and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to or the higher of them the celestial orbs onely with this difference that the former phrase notes the descent from thence hither not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 above but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from above and the latter the ascent from us 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to or as far as to that the former notes the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or depth the latter the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or height of it V. 9. Will I triumph Here is another variation betwixt this Psalm and the copy whence 't is transscribed Psal 60.8 Here 't is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 over the Philistims I will shout 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I will jubulate saith the Chaldee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I will cry or make a noise give a shout saith the Syriack but the LXXII by way of paraphrase 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Philistims are subjected unto me the full intimation of that shouting over them But Psal 60.8 't is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Of that place we have already shewed see Psal 60. note c. that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is not to be rendred over me but simply over viz. joyned with that which next follows over the Philistims and that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shout thou was to be applied either as speaking to himself
for it eternal felicity in another world which though a gift of God's free bounty shall then be dispersed with respect to the performances of this kind see Matt. 25.34 c. And another is presently bestowed here wealth and honour and a most flourishing condition in this world is very frequently the visible and discernible and when not so yet the secret unobservable reward of this one sort of piety being promised to it more peculiarly than to ●ny other good works Deut. 26.11.13 Psal 41.2.37.26 Prov. 11.24 25 26 27.13.22.14.21.19.17.22.9.28.27 Mar. 10.30 10. The wicked shall see it and be grieved he shall gnash with his teeth and melt away the desire of the wicked shall perish Paraphrase 10. To conclude the felicities of piety even in this life are such as are matter of real envy and trouble and indignation to the wicked who cannot chuse but see it and secretly confess it and repine and malign and be disquieted at it whilst themselves be they never so intent and industrious in the getting and keeping of worldly wealth do yet sensibly decay and grow hinderly all their designs and indirect methods of thriving are curst and blasted and pursued with a continual improsperousness yield them no kind of fruit in this world yet cost them full dear in another Annotations on Psal CXII V. 8. See his desire The phrase 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shall see in composition with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 on his distressers or oppressors hath been already explained Note on Psal 44. c. in reference to David at that time 'T is used again Psal 59.10 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God shall let me see or look on mine enemies and Psal 92. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Mine eye hath lookt on mine enemies and mine ear hath heard of them that rise up against me i. e. seen and heard of their destruction v. 10. and so the Chaldee reads 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 on the ruine So Psal 118.7 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I shall look upon my haters the LXXII reade 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I shall behold my enemies i. e. having God for my auxiliary I shall without fear look on them Here it is applied more generally to all pious men and must still be rendred shall behold or look upon his oppressors or distressers the meaning still being proportionable he shall behold them securely confidently look in their faces as we say as being now no longer under their power being freed from their tyranny and pressures The Chaldee which rendred it Psal 44. by seeing revenge here change it into 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 redemption deliverance from his distress V. 10. Melt away 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 here from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to dissolve or melt being joyned with seeing grieving and gnashing with the teeth expressions of the wicked man's envy may be thought to belong to the same matter consuming or melting away with grief But the word signifying any kind of melting consumption or dissolution outward of the estate as well as inward of the mind that particularly which is caused by putrefaction that may as probably be the notion of it here and so it best agrees with that which follows the desire of the wicked shall perish Whilst pious men thrive and prosper wicked men decay consume melt away and all their covetousness worldly-mindedness earnest pursuit of wealth so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 desire imports comes to nought and perisheth The Syriack therefore for melting reade 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shall be taken away or destroyed The Hundred and Thirteenth PSALM Praise ye the Lord. The hundred and thirteenth is a thankfull commemoration of the glory and condescensions of God and the great and signal works of his providence to the most afflicted abject creatures never more discernible than in the work of redemption and from the matter of it was by the Hebrews styled as the two former Hallelujah See note a on Psal 106. and 111. 1. PRaise O ye servants of the Lord praise the name of the Lord. Paraphrase 1. All faithfull servants of God are most nearly concerned and obliged chearfully to celebrate and commemorate the great and glorious and gracious works of God 2. Blessed be the name of the Lord from this time forth for evermore Paraphrase 2. To him therefore be all possible praise and glory ascribed both now and to all eternity 3. From the rising of the Sun to the going down of the same the Lord's name is to be praised Paraphrase 3. From one end of the heathen world unto the other see Mal. 1.11 his mercies and goodness to mankind especially that great Evangelical mercy the gift of Christ shall be solemnly proclaimed and promulgated 4. The Lord is high above all nations and his glory above the heavens Paraphrase 4. The power and dominion of God is paramount the greatest Empires in the world are all subordinate to him He is the one supreme Lord over all the world and not onely of this one people which is called by his name And though the highest heavens be the special place of his mansion yet his glory is infinitely greater than to be incircled or comprehended by them 5. Who is like unto the Lord our God who dwelleth on high 6. Who humbleth himself to behold the things that are in heaven and in the earth Paraphrase 5 6. And above all other ways of expression herein is he most incomparable that sitting in the highest heavens in the greatest majesty he is pleased to descend to this low state of ours to visit us here below in the greatest humility not onely by overseeing overruling and governing the affairs of this lower world but by assumption of our flesh pitching his tent among us and so corporally visiting us in the incarnation of the Son of God 7. He raiseth up the poor out of the dust and lifteth the needy out of the dunghill 8. That he may set him with princes even with the princes of his people 9. He maketh the barren woman to keep house to be a joyfull mother of children Praise ye the Lord. Paraphrase 7 8 9. And as this God of heaven hath been pleased thus to descend and humble himself to us so is he graciously pleased to exalt those that are humbled and from the lowest pitch of worldly vileness and desolation to advance sometimes to the highest dignities even to that of the royal throne 1 Sam. 2.8 at other times to dispense other seasonable mercies children to the barren Sarah and Hannah a●d many the like but especially the gift of grace and of more grace to the humble the glad tidings of the Gospel to the poor For which we are all obliged to pay him our Hallelujahs Annotations on Psal CXIII V. 5. Dwelleth on high The Syntaxis in this place is very poetical and a very discernible 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 are acknowledged to be in
solicitude for those which humbly and faithfully depend on him when they have no means to provide for themselves See Matth. 6.25 26. 10. He delighteth not in the strength of the horse he taketh no pleasure in the legs of a man 11. The Lord taketh pleasure in them that fear him in them that hope in his mercy Paraphrase 10 11. In like manner 't is not the strength or agility of horse or man the military prowess or other humane excellencies which recommend a man to God or have any pretense of right to challenge any victories or prosperous successes from him but the fear of God a constant obedience to his commands and an affiance and trust and dependance on him not by any tenure of merit in our selves but onely of free undeserved mercy in him is that which hath the assurance of acceptance from him and is blest with more eminent prosperities from him than all other intellectual or corporal or even moral excellencies without this 12. Praise the Lord O Jerusalem praise thy God O Sion 13. For he hath strengthened the bars of thy gates he hath blessed thy children within thee 14. He maketh peace in thy borders and filleth thee with the finest wheat Paraphrase 12 13 14. At the present the whole Kingdom and Church of the Jews are most eminently obliged to acknowledge and magnifie the great power and mercy of God who hath now restored peace and plenty and all kind of prosperity unto both and not onely so but confirmed their security unto them fortified them against all fears of hostile invasions 15. He sendeth forth his commandment upon earth his word runneth very swiftly 16. He giveth snow like wool he scattereth the hoar frosts like ashes 17. He casteth forth his ice like morsels who can stand before his cold 18. He sendeth out his word and melteth them he causeth his wind to blow and the waters flow Paraphrase 15 16 17 18. And this as a work of the same omnipotent power which continually shews it self to all the men in the world in some instance or other They that have not such signal miraculous deliverances or rescues have yet other most convincing evidences of his divine power and providence which by the least word spoken or appointment given immediately performs the most wonderfull things Of this sort there is one vulgar but yet wonderfull instance in the coming of great frosts and snows and the vanishing of them again whensoever he pleases without any visible mediate cause of it we have great snows that descend silently and within a while lie in a great thickness as a fleece of white wool upon the ground and no sheep is more warmly clad than the earth is by this means At another time the frost comes and scatters but a few ashes as it were upon the surface of the earth and yet by that means the whole surface of the earth and waters is congealed into a firmness as strong as Crystal able to bear any the greatest weight and upon the face of the ground a multitude of small pieces of ice are scattered like morsels of bread without any appearance of moisture in them and the severity of this cold so great that no man can either resist the force of it or long support it And when both the earth and waters are thus crusted and no humane means can dissolve it God doth but send out a warm southerly wind and as at a word speaking the snow and the frost immediately melt and come down in full streams of water upon the valleys A thing very observable and sufficient to make known a divine power and providence to all men in the world 19. He sheweth his word unto Jacob his statutes and his judgments unto Israel 20. He hath not dealt so with any nation and as for his judgments they have not known them Praise ye the Lord. Paraphrase 19 20. But his mercies and dispensations unto his Church and people of the Jews are infinitely above the proportion and weight of these He hath made known his will to them given them very many admirable laws and ordinances moral and judicial and ritual And herein have they the privilege and advantage above all other nations in the world who were not vouchsafed such illustrious revelations of the will of God as they till the Messias promised to all nations and not onely to the Jews should come and take down the partition and bring all in common into one pale and make known to every creature what was before given to the Jews peculiarly and add more divine precepts of inward purity and more clear revelations of most transcendent celestial promises than the Jews themselves had formerly received For this and all other his infinite goodness and mercy blessed be the name of the Lord for evermore Annotations on Psal CXLVII V. 7. Sing The Hebrew 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which the Interlinear renders Respondete may here deserve to be considered The theme 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies either to begin or answer in speaking or singing and so may here in lauds be appliable either to the Praecentor that begins the hymn or to them that follow and take up the counterpart In the first sense it is that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to answer by which it is ordinarily rendred is sometimes used where there is no precedent speech to which any reply should be made and so simply signifies to speak and not to answer see Mar. 2.14 So Exod. 15.21 of Miriam 't is said 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 we reade she answered them Sing ye to the Lord but it should be She began to them in the song The LXXII duly render it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 she began to them So Num. 21.17 Israel sang this song Spring up O well 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The LXXII again reade 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 begin And so here 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not Answer but Begin to the Lord in confession or acknowledgement of his power and mercy And so here follows sing praises upon the harp The Praecentor beginning with the voice it was ordinary for the instruments to follow to the same tune and key V. 9. The beast How 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in this and other places is to be rendred and how it critically differs from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 living creature is not resolved among the Hebrews That which is most generally received from Genebrard and Mercer and others is that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies a tame beast such as are usefull among men either for work or food as Oxen Sheep c. and that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies a wild beast and to this the LXXII here incline which render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the Latin jumentum by which the tame beasts are signified those that are usefull among men and so Psal 148.10 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wild beasts are set to render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the living creatures and 〈◊〉
do what the words signify Cassian hath said over the same thing more largely and earnestly That we injoy this treasure it is necessary that we say the Psalms with the same spirit with which they were composed and accommodate them unto our selves in the same manner as if every one of us had composed them or as if the Psalmist had directed them purposely for our uses not satisfying our selves that they had their whole completion in or by the Prophet but discerning every of us our own parts still to be performed and acted over in the Psalmists words by exciting in our selves the same affections which we discern to have been in David or in others at that time loving when he loves fearing when he fears hoping when he hopes praising God when he praises weeping for our own or others sins when he weeps begging what we want with the like spirit wherein his petitions are framed loving our enemies when he shews love to his praying for ours when he prays for his having zeal for the glory of God when the Psalmist professes it humbling our selves when he is humbled lifting up our spirit to heaven when he lifts up his giving thanks for Gods Mercies when he doth delighting and rejoycing in the beauty of the Messias and of the Church his Spouse when he is delighted and rejoyceth when he relates the wonderful works of God in the Creation of the World bringing his People out of Aegypt c. admiring and glorifying God as he stands amazed and glorifies him and when he mentions the Punishments inflicted on rebellious sinners and Rewards and Favours bestowed on the obedient we likewise are to tremble when he trembles and exult when he exults and walk in the Court of Heaven the Sanctuary as he walks and wish to dwell in it as he wishes Finally where he as a Master teacheth exhorts reprehends and directs the just man each of us must suppose him speaking to him and answer him in such due manner as the instruction of such a Master exacts And that we may in some measure performe this vital substantial part of our task Let us saith he at the beginning of the Psalm beg of God that light and affection and gust and savour with which David was affected when he made it and that with the affection and desire of obteining what he felt 31. And if it be here objected First that there be many things in these Psalms which are not agreeable to every mans condition and so cannot at all times be attended with the spirit of the reciter as the Eucharistical Psalms are not proper for him that is in distress c. Secondly that there are many which have no propriety to the spirit of any Christian as those which are spent in calling down vengeance on Gods and the Psalmists enemies Let them be confounded and put to shame that seek after my soul Psal 35.4 Let them be as chaffe before the wind and let the Angel of the Lord chase them v. 5. Let destruction come upon them at unawares v. 8. and especially Psal 109. allmost throughout the answer will not be difficult To the first 1. that the very objection is a grant that the Psalms contein devotions proper to the most distant conditions of all men and then that which is no way agreeable to my present circumstances being yet most agreeable and accommodate to several other men this is but a summons to my charity to swell above its own banks and diffuse it self to the refreshing and supplying of others wants and so this not any defect but an advantage in the Psalms which will never be complained of by those which begin their Forms as our Saviour directed addressing them to the common Father and Redeemer of all men and desire not to inclose benedictions but take all others into a principal part of their care and so can pray most zealously for any thing that any other Christian stand in needs of And yet 2. it will be hard to mention any thing which was ever fit for the Psalmist to say which will not have some propriety to every of us in whatsoever condition 'T is certain as to the particular instance that he that is in the greatest distress hath yet various matter for and obligations to Thanksgivings when his very distress which seems to set him at the greatest distance from it is the most peculiar ingagement to it God's taking all away bringing to the boiles and dunghill from the ease and splendor of the Palace is Job's summons to blessing the name of the Lord as well as the memory of his greatest donatives and the Psalmist oft assures us of the goodness and most valuable benefits of afflictions and consequently teaches us the duty of blessing and magnifying our benefactor for the mercy of those wholsome be they never so bitter ingredients And the same will be found appliable to all other affections of the Psalmist which will seldome miss to meet seasonable matter to work on in any mans breast which wants not devotion to discern and bring it home to him 32. To the second Objection I shall not need accommodate any other answer than the Reader will find allready given in the Margin and Paraphrase and Annotation on Psal 35.4 and other the like that the Hebrew is as capable of the Future as the Imperatiue mood and sense and so the Translation in all reason to be changed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not let them be confounded and put to shame but they shall blush and be ashamed they shall be turned back 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they shall be as chaffe before the wind and the Angel of the Lord shall chase them Their way 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shall be dark and slippery and the Angel of the Lord shall persecute them Destruction shall come upon him unawares and his net that he hath hid shall catch himself into that very destruction shall he fall That David who was a Prophet inspired by God with knowledge of future events should thus rather predict and denounce Gods just judgments on obstinate sinners and that out of designs purely charitative by denouncing to work repentance that repentance might frustrate and cancel the denunciation is much more reasonable for us to resolve than that in the spirit when possibly without the power of Elias he should so frequently call for thunder from heaven either upon his own or Gods enemies And in many places particularly that of Psal 109. 't is reasonable to resolve that it is Christ himself that speaketh in the Prophet as being the person there principally concerned and the completion most signal in many circumstances there mentioned the succession especially of Matthias in his Apostolical and Episcopal office And then there remains no more question or difficulty how these and the like passages are to be accommodated to the Christians affection and spirit than how the plain denunciations of the Gospel are to be entertained by it
which confidence I can sleep securely repose my self in him to whom alone all my safety is due and whose only guard is without all sollicitude or preparations of mine abundantly sufficient for me Annotations on Psal IV. Tit. Chief Musician The Hebrew 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies to urge or press to the performing any work or task and properly belongs to the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the overseer and follower of workmen of any kind So 2 Chron. 2.2 where Solomons workmen are numbred there are also MMM 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which the LXXII there rightly render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Praefects over them and v. 18. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 taskmasters and c. 34.12 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 overseers though v. 13. and Ezr. 3.8 9. the Copies have 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 over the workmen only and where the same thing is set down again 1 Kin. v. 16. they are called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and in the LXXII 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 set over his works The word is used more particularly of Musicians To this purpose see 1 Chro. 15.21 where after the appointing of Singers with instruments c. v. 16.19 20. Mattathiah c. are appointed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 we render it to excell but in the margin to oversee i. e. to take care of and order the Musick as Neb. 12.42 Jezrabiah is the Overseer 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the singers And from hence is the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 here to the Master or Ruler or Praefect Of whom or over what he was praefected is here also exprest 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 over the Musical Instruments Thus 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies and thus we have 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Psal 67.25 the minstrels or players on Instruments differenced from the Singers foregoing And then the whole phrase 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 put together here signifies perspicuously To the Praefect of the musical Instruments such there were more then one among Davids Officers that waited on the Ark 1 Chron. 15.21 And to one of these this Psalm was committed by David to be sung and plaid to in divine service The same we find again Hab. 3.19 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 To the Praefect or Master of my stringed Instruments From this sense of this word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ursit coegit institit there is a secondary use of it for finire to end and from thence we have 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Psal 103.9 rightly rendred 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 unto the end and again vincere and triumphare to overcome and triumph And from those two notions the LXXII have taken their rise of rendring it here 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the end and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to overcome in the Conclusion of Habakkuk in like manner as Aquila hath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 here and 1 Chron. 15.21 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to prevail but have lost the sense in all these places and only hit it 2 Chr. 2.2 and 18. and 34.12 where as hath been said they render it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 overseers or praefects set over the workmen and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 taskmasters and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 overseers V. 1. Hear me The Hebrew 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is certainly the Imperative and so is used Psal 27.7 and therefore must be rendred hear or answer me and thus the Chaldee understood it and paraphrase it In time of my prayer 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 receive from me by which also they render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hear or hearken in the latter end of the verse But the LXXII and from thence the other Antient Interpreters seem to have read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the Preter tense and so render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he hath heard me and accordingly the Greek Fathers St. Chrysostome especially have observed Gods speed in hearing the prayers of pious men even before they have made an end of them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for it is not saith he When or After I had prayed he heard me but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 when I prayed 〈◊〉 ●e present he hath heard me already in the time past 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whilst thou speakest or sayest I will say Behold here am I as he cites it from Isai 58.9 concluding that it is not our multitude of words that is wont to perswade with God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but a pure soul and the shewing forth of good works A Doctrine of most comfortable truth but not founded in the Hebrew reading here V. 2. My glory The Hebrew 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 how long my glory into ignominy is elliptical but easily supplied and made intelligible thus How long will you reproach my glory by glory meaning his regal power and majesty which God had bestowed on him This the LXXII render somewhat otherwise 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 How long are ye heavy hearted why do ye love vanity By this phrase 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 possibly explicating as in a periphrasis the great hardness of heart in Absalom and the like who would defame so worthy a person as David approved and anointed by God and would not be overcome or melted with his goodness or perhaps reading the Hebrew somewhat otherwise than now we do 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to which their rendring will be literal and the variation not very great reading 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in two words and converting 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 into 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which way soever it is 't is evident the vulgar Latine follow them usque quà graves corde ut quid and the Arabick and Aethiopick to the same purpose V. 3. Godly The acception of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in this and some other places deserves here to be observed It signifies ordinarily a pious or charitable and beneficent person But when it is spoken of Man referring to God it notes one that hath received favour or mercy from him and is all one with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 one that hath found favour with God So Psal 16.10 Thou shalt not suffer 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 him that is so favoured by thee to see corruption So Psal 30.4 Sing unto the Lord 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ye that have felt his mercy and bounty And so here David seeing fit in his plea against his enemies who blasted him as a Man of Blood and a guilty person to insist on Gods election and advancement of him to the Kingdom noted by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hath separated to a function the Chaldee reads 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the same sence as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the New Test denotes setting apart to the Apostolical Function Act. 13.2 and so referring to these words of Gods Testimony 1 Sam. 13.14 The Lord hath sought him a Man after his own heart and hath commanded him to be Captain over his people he chooses to
done is thought fit to be exprest by the Chaldee he swears saith the Targum 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the afflicting or hurting himself But the LXXII instead of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to hurt seem to have read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to his fellow for they render it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to his neighbour and so the Syriack and Latine and Aethiopick which yet supposing the oath to be a promissory oath made to some other as the context inclines it the whole Psalm from v. 3. referring to works of justice toward other men is no considerable change of the sense for if he do not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as it follows cassate his oath made to his neighbour the word which conteins all other men see Psal 12.2 to whom we have any relation Superiors as well as equals then is he this just man that is here spoken of Only the Hebrew reading sets off his justice with some advantage by mentioning the greatest temptation to breach of oaths and promises to others viz. when the performance brings mischief on our selves for then is the tryal of the mans virtue and not when either he designs to gain or not to lose any thing by it The particular occasion of Davids specifying in this may I suppose deserve here to be considered The Psalm was most probably penn'd after the quieting the rebellion of Absalom in relation to his return to the Ark and Tabernacle from which he had been for some time separated Now in that rebellion he had taken notice of the fear of worldly sufferings that had ingaged many in that Apostasy see Pal. 14.3 note b and in reference to them that for fear of men made no conscience of their allegiance to David their lawful but persecuted Soveraign he thus most fitly specifies and sets it down as a principal part of the character of a truly pious man that whatsoever his sufferings by that means are likely to be he makes conscience of performing all oaths that ly upon him and so in the first place that of Allegiance to his Sovereign which that Subjects took in those days appears by Solomons words Eccles 8.2 Keep the Kings Commandment in regard of the Oath of God as that which is most strictly incumbent on him how dear soever it be likely to cast him Aben Ezra and Jarchi have another gloss that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 here signifies to afflict the soul which the LXXII render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to hurt the soul to use it ill as that belongs to some vow of self-denial or paenance Num. 30.13 But this is not so probable in this place the antecedents and consequents belonging to acts of Justice and Charity to other men The Sixteenth PSALM MIchtam of David Paraphrase The sixteenth is a special pretious memorable Psalm of Davids composure full of confidence in God through Christ whose resurrection is therein Prophetically represented and of resolved adherence to him and humble dependance on him 1. Preserve me O God for in thee do I put my trust Paraphrase 1. O most powerful and most gratious God I am by thy wise providence permitted to fall into a great distress from whence I am no way able to rescue or relieve my self in thee is my full affiance to thee I resort for the seasonable interposition of thine hand to my preservation and deliverance 2. O my soul thou hast said unto the Lord thou art my Lord my goodness extendeth not to thee Paraphrase 2. When I consider thy dealings toward me I have nothing to do but to admire thy grace and free undeserved mercy in them which as I cannot merit so I acknowledge I have nothing to retribute to them but that which is thine already all that I have coming first from thee 3. But to the Saints that are in the earth and to the excellent in whom is all my delight Paraphrase 3. All that I can do to express mine infinite obligation● to thee is to devolve that love and gratitude due to thee to all thy 〈◊〉 servants upon the earth to value them and esteem of them above all the greatest men in the world upon that 〈◊〉 account of being beloved and prized and set apart by thee And this I h●tily do and proclaim to such that all my ●y and delight is in them 4. Their sorrows shall be multiplied that hasten after another God their drink-offerings of blood will I not offer nor take up their name into my lips Paraphrase 4. If others fall off from the true God and betake themselves to the worship of Idols the fa●e heathen gods of the Syrians Moabites c. round about them yet will not I by any means be brought to partake in their unhumane detestable Sacrifices of the blood not of Beasts but Men nor ever swear by any of their false gods nor pay any respect unto them 5. The Lord is the portion of mine inheritance and of my cup thou maintainest my lot Paraphrase 5. The true and only God of Heaven and Earth is he whom I worship his service is profest and by his own direction set up in that Kingdom which is fallen to me as my portion whilst other Princes of the world live in ignorance of him and follow their detestable Idol-worships 'T is he that hath honoured and blest me exceedingly giving me a Kingdom and such a Kingdom from his special providence alone it is that I enjoy all that I now enjoy 6. The lines are fallen to me in pleasant places yea I have a goodly heritage Paraphrase 6. I have all joy and pleasure in that condition wherein thou hast placed me here though it be mixt sometimes with afflictions and pressures the greatest Prince in the World which rules over Heathens and knows not the true God is not fit to compare with me 7. I will bless the Lord who hath given me counsel my reins also instruct me in the night season Paraphrase 7. And for the afflictions that God is pleased to permit to fall upon me and the many sad thoughts in reflection thereon which possess and exercise me whole nights together I have all reason to bless and glorifie 〈◊〉 name for them to think it all joy Jam. 1.2 1 Pet. 4.13 16. that I am thus exercised these being the most regular and effectual means to instruct and admonish me and cure the follies and faults that I have been guilty of 8. I have set God always before me because he is at my right hand I shall not be moved Paraphrase 8. And when the sadness or sharpness of my pressures seem most to threaten my fall 〈◊〉 utter destitution and destruction I have yet my reserve and refuge which will secure me from all such black despairing thoughts The remembring of God who is always present with me ready to support me under afflictions and in his time to deliver me out of them is to me an anchor of the firmest
assign a first literal sense to the whole Psalm wherein it might connect and accord every part with other and not so to sever the three last verses from the rest as that those should belong to Christ only and not to David whereas the former part at least some branches of it belong to David only and not to Christ The Seventeeth PSALM A Prayer of David Paraphrase The Seventeenth Psalm is an earnest request by David commenced to God for deliverance from all his oppressors and persecuters 1. Hear the right O God attend unto my cry give ear unto my prayer that goeth not out of feigned lips Paraphrase 1. Thou O God art a most righteous Lord the refuge and defence of all innocent persons be thou pleased to attend to and grant my humble request to receive with favour the affectionate prayers that I now address unto thee 2. Let my sentence come forth from thy presence let thine eyes behold the things that are equal Paraphrase 2. By thee I desire my cause may be heard and sentenced and that according to the justice of it thou wilt undertake the patronage thereof to plead for me or to judge on my side and to protect me against mine adversaries 3. Thou hast proved mine heart thou hast visited me in the night thou hast tried me and shalt find nothing I am purposed that my mouth shall not transgress Paraphrase 3. For thou Lord knowest the sincerity of my heart thou art the searcher of the secretest thoughts and depths of the most deceitful brests and accordingly thou hast examined me to the utmost In the night when the darkness hath concealed me from the eyes of men and so taken off those disguises which men put on their deeds of the day their more publick actions and at once offered me all the temptations and occasions of doing or at least thinking ill which perfect secrecy can suggest thou hast still been present to my greatest privacies to discover if there were any close evil any unsincerity in my heart Again thou ha●t tried me with afflictions as the Metallists try their Gold and many that appear very pious men in times of prosperity in time of persecution fall away are found to be mere dross when they are cast into the fire put to this sharper trial And in both these ways of probation I hope I have approved my self to thee that my tongue and my heart have gone the same way and so that there is no deceit or unsincerity in me 4. Concerning the works of men by the words of thy lips I have kept me from the paths of the destroyer Paraphrase 4. As for the practices of the world thy commandments have kept me from any communion with them when opportunity offered me temptations when I might have had security from the eyes of men when Saul fell too into my hands that I had nothing to restrain me from using violence to him but only thy command to the contrary in making him King and when I was perswaded and incited to it 1 Sam. 26.8 yet in pure obedience to thee I have carefully kept my self from this or any other disloyal or unlawful practice 5. Hold up my goings in thy paths that my footsteps slip not Paraphrase 5. Thou by thy special grace joyned with thy directions what was my duty to do hast upheld me in those ways which are acceptable in thy sight and by the strength of this mercy and these aids of thine I have been constantly supported and kept steddy from stumbling or falling 6. I have called upon thee for thou wilt hear me O God incline thine ear unto me and hear my speech Paraphrase 6. And as oft as I have made my humble addresses to thee thou hast not failed to grant them This gives me full confidence now to come unto thee for thy support and relief O merciful God be thou pleased to continue thy wonted dignations to me 7. Shew thy marvailous loving kindness O thou that savest by thy right hand them which put their trust in thee from those that rise up against them Paraphrase 7. And 't is not my innocence I depend on for though in this matter of my dealings with them that are mine enemies I can clear my self yet my many other sins make me uncapable of using any such plea but 't is thy mercy and pardon to sinners that I confide in and thy mere pity and compassion to those that want thy relief Be thou pleased then to exercise these thy mercies toward me in that high and wonderful degree that thou art wont to do to those that place their full affiance in thee Thou Lord art the deliverer of all such thy title it is to be so and thy customary goodness solemnly and constantly to interpose thy power for such against the malice and machinations of all their adversaries vouchsafe the same wonted mercy of thine to me at this time 8. Keep me as the apple of the eye hide me under the shadow of thy wings Paraphrase 8. Let thy watchful and tender providence sense and secure me from all dangers after the same manner as nature hath provided eye-brows and lids and five tunicles for guards to fense and preserve the black that most tender part in the middle of the eye that wherein the visive faculty is placed and best represents the seat of Majesty or regal power which hath the oversight and government of the whole body or as any bird preserves her young ones from the vulture by covering them under her wings 9. From the wicked that oppress me from my deadly enemies who compass me about Paraphrase 9. And that especially at this present time that I am so distrest and straitned by enemies that vehemently hate me and surround me with all eagerness to get me into their power 10. They are inclosed in their own fat with their mouth they speak proudly Paraphrase 10. Their greatness and prosperity makes them insolent and accordingly they threaten high resolve and breath nothing but destruction against me 11. They have now compassed us in our steps they have set their eyes bowing down to the earth Paraphrase 11. And having now brought me to some streights they are absolutely resolved to subdue and destroy me utterly 12. Like as a Lion that is greedy of his prey and as it were a young Lion lurking in secret places Paraphrase 12. Just as an hungry ravening Lion when he comes in view of his prey or as a young Lion not yet got out of the den when any innocent sheep or other beast of the field comes within reach of him 13. Arise O Lord disappoint him cast him down deliver my soul from the wicked which is thy sword Paraphrase 13. And unless thou O Lord shalt be pleased to interpose to stop them in their course to bring them down to appear as a champion with a sword in thy hand thus timely to
in the greatest distresses the lowest depression of sadness the most palpable darkness of despair yet am I chearfully resolved not to be discouraged therewith or to apprehend 't will make me miserable being confident of the continuance of this special guard about me and that as a shepherd still thou wilt keep me from straying from thee and protect me from all dangers 5. Thou preparest a table before me in the presence of mine enemies thou anointest my head with oyle my cup runneth over Paraphrase 5. Nay more thou givest me that treatment of the most indulgent possessor 2 Sam. 12.3 that admitted his beloved lamb unto his table to eate of his bread and drink of his cup with him thou ommittest no expression of respect and tender love to me By this means thou providest all plenty for me maugre the malice of my enemies who grieve to see the riches of thy bounty to me and care over me Thou entertainest me with wine and oyle in the most festival manner affordest me not only in a sufficient but in a most plentiful degree all things that are for the advantage as well as support both of my body and soul 6. Surely goodness and mercy shall follow me all the dayes of my life and I † will dwell in the house of the Lord for ever Paraphrase 6. And I cannot doubt but this bounty and super-abundant mercy of thine shall continue to me all my dayes and for my return to thee I shall most diligently frequent the publick Assembly of thy saints and servants wheresoever the Ark is placed and there bless and praise thy name and address my prayers to thee as long as I live And this is a farther addition to the felicities of my life that thou wilt afford me this honourable and glorious way of inhabiting in thy sanctuary and most amicably conversing with thee Or to crown all this thou shalt enfold me at last in that best of sheep-coats that place of equal purity and safety where no unclean or ravenous beast can come there shall I rest and there abide for ever Annotations on Psal XXIII V. 5. Runneth over The LXXII for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 exuberant read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 inebriating but this is their ordinary use of the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for drinking liberally not being intoxicated or drunk The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies moist watered and watering being a means of making ground fertile plentiful exuberant and so is fitly applied to the festival cup here But to this the LXXII add 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Latine quam praeclarus est how excellent is it This they do by taking the beginning of the next verse and adding it to the end of this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which they therefore render how good But that belongs to the consequent words and so is rendred by the Chaldee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but goodness or benignity and so the Syriack and the Arabick who yet finding 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the version of the LXXII render that there inebriating as pure wine accounting that the meaning of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 best the wine which hath no dash of water being such In this place the LXXII read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thy cup and from them the Arabick and Aethiopick but the Hebrew hath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 my cup and so the Chaldee and Syriack and Latine and St. Hierome in his Epistle to Sunia and Fretella saith that in the edition of the LXXII it was my cup and that thy cup was an error of the Scribes V. 6. Dwell 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which the interlinear regularly renders I shall return from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which is commonly taken in that sense is by all the antient Interpreters rendred I shall dwell 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the Chaldee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the LXXII and so in the rest from a second notion of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to inhabit in which we have it Jer. 42.10 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 We render it if ye shall still abide and the Chaldee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 if by dwelling ye shall dwell and so the LXXII 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 if ye shall surely abide and the Arabick if ye shall remain firm and the Latine si quiescentes permanseritis if ye shall abide quiet and so the Syriack also Thus 2 Sam. 19.32 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in his abiding the Chaldee again 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in his dwelling at Mahanaim And that thus it was taken here is much more probable from their general consent than that they read as some imagine 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 it being ordinary for words of so near alliance as are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to dwell 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to return and I may add 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to rest to change significations the one with the other and so to signifie the same thing especially when 't is remembred that he that is returned to a place is supposed to abide for some time and so to inhabit there The Twenty Fourth PSALM A Psalm of David Paraphrase The Twenty fourth Psalm composed by David on occasion of bringing the Ark into Sion is a declaration of Gods dominion over this world his providential presence in every part of it but his special presence in the place assigned for his worship the Ark of the Covenant which is therefore joyfully to be received into Sion and entertain'd by all Israel being moreover a signal emblem of Christ's ascension into heaven 1. The earth is the Lords and the fulness thereof the world and they that dwell therein 2. For he hath founded it upon the seas and established it upon the floods Paraphrase 1 2. This whole lower orbe of ours and not only the heaven where he is said to dwell is the Lords by all right of creation and providence and preservation and so are all the sorts of creatures and every particular with which he hath replenisht it the Universe and all the inhabitants thereof produced at first continued since and every minute preserved by him for were it not so this globe whereon we dwell would suddenly be overwhelmed and covered with waters For thus the order of nature would direct and thus we find in the beginning of the creation that next under the aire were the waters encompassing the whole surface of the earth Gen. 1.7 till God reformed this course made such cavities in the earth as should receive the water into them and such banks as should bound and keep it in and such a law as should bridle this vast Ocean that it should not break forth Gen. 1.9 and so now by his providence the water is beneath the earth and yet the earth stands firm on that fluid body as upon the most solid foundation which is a
Joseph and Benjamin to bless the people on the one and Reuben Gad Dan Asher Zabulon and Napthali on the other to curse six on one side and six on to'ther And being thus found so long before and so long after this time 't is the less to be doubted but it was practised now at the bringing of the Ark to Sion To which purpose 't is farther to be observed from Psal 48. written for the removal of the Arke and beginning with the solemn form Let God arise c. prescribed in the law for that occasion Num. 10.36 that the manner of this Procession is thus described v. 24. They see thy goings O God the goings of my God and King in the Sanctuary The singers went before the players on Instruments followed after amongst them were the Damsels playing upon the timbrels One 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 company or chorus of vocall Musick went before the Ark the other of Instrumental of all kinds followed it Whereon it follows Bless ye the Lord in the Congregations in the plural these two companies And then it cannot be improbable that as Neh. 12.40 So stood the two companies in the house of the Lord so here at the entry of the Ark into Sion these two chori should be drawn up at the gates on each side of it and so stand and the first be supposed to begin with the three first verses of this Psalm The earth is the Lords c. Who shall ascend c. to which the other answered in the three following He that hath clean hands c. Then the first resuming their turn in the seventh verse Lift up your heads c. the other answered in part of the eighth Who is the King of glory then the former answering The Lord strong and mighty the Lord mighty in battel The other resumes again Lift up your heads c. And then the first asking the question Who is c. the second concludes The Lord of hosts he is the King of Glory The Twenty Fifth PSALM A Psalm of David Paraphrase The Twenty Fifth Psalm composed by David in some time of distress is a divine mixture of Prayer for pardon of sin and deliverance from evil and also of meditation of Gods gracious dealings with his servants 1. Unto thee O Lord do I lift up my soul Paraphrase 1. O Lord I have none but thee to whom to address my prayers in times of distress to thee therefore I come with the tribute of an humble heart the offering of a devout soul be thou pleased to accept it from me 2. O my God I trust in thee let me not be ashamed let not mine enemies triumph over me Paraphrase 2. In thee O my gracious God do I repose all my confidence O let me not be left destitute or forsaken by thee let not my adversaries have occasion to rejoyce and deride me as one that have been disappointed or frustrated in my dependences on thee 3. Yea let none that wait on thee be ashamed let them be ashamed that transgress without cause Paraphrase 3. Yea let all those that rely and depend on thee be constantly owned by thee let not any man that hath reposed his whole trust in thee find himself disappointed Let that be the fate of treacherous perfidious persons those that rely on their own ungodly policies let them miscarry and be disappointed of their hopes and so appear ridiculous among men The only way that may most probably work reformation in them Psal 83.16 4. Shew me thy wayes O Lord teach me thy paths Paraphrase 4. O Lord be thou pleased by thy special grace to direct me in the performance of all that may be acceptable in thy sight 5. Lead me in thy truth and teach me for thou art the God of my salvation on thee do I wait all the day Paraphrase 5. Preserve me from all straying and wandring out of the right way On thee I depend for this and every minute look up to thee for the directions and support of thy good spirit 6. Remember O Lord thy tender mercies and thy loving kindness for they have been ever of old Paraphrase 6. Lord thou hast allwayes abounded to thy servants in compassion and bounty relieved the distrest and plentifully supplyed all wants to those that have addrest their prayers to thee Be thou pleased at this time thus in mercy to deal with me 7. Remember not the sins of my youth nor my transgressions According to thy mercy remember me for thy goodness sake O Lord. Paraphrase 7. Lord the sins of my younger dayes are many the breaches innumerable wherewith I have ignorantly or foolishly for want of knowledge or consideration offended against thee Lay them not I beseech thee to my charge but of thine own free mercy and compassion to a wretched sinner be thou pleased to be reconciled to me O Lord. 8. Good and upright is the Lord therefore will he teach sinners in the way Paraphrase 8. It is an act of the great purity and justice and rectitude of God to direct and assist toward the wayes of virtue all those that are by error and weakness fallen away and departed from it and timely to reduce them to good life 9. The meek will he guide in judgment and the meek will he teach his way Paraphrase 9. Those that are truly humbled before him for their sins and failings and de voutly address to him for pardon and grace he will never fall to allow them his assistance and direction in the wayes of virtue 10. All the paths of the Lord are mercy and truth unto such as keep his Covenant and his testimonies Paraphrase 10. God will never fail either in mercy or fidelity any man that walks diligently and industriously in obedience to him The pardon and the grace that he hath promised to such the pardon of all their frailties and the donation of sufficient strength to support their weakness shall never fall to be performed to them that remain thus faithful to him 11. For thy names sake O Lord pardon my iniquity for it is great Paraphrase 11. I have many wayes greatly sinned against thee and have no ground of hope for mercy but only from thy free abundant pardon which I know exceedeth my sins and for which I am the more abundantly qualified by how much my state is more sadly miserable without the interposition of this mercy On that only account therefore of thy free pardon to the greatest so they be truly penitent sinners I beseech thee to be reconciled unto me who unfeignedly repent and return to thee 12. What man is he that feareth the Lord Him shall he teach in the way that he shall chuse Paraphrase 12. Where the fear of God is planted truly in the heart there God will not fall of his directions and illuminations but will certainly afford him knowledge what will be acceptable in his fight 13. His soul shall dwell at ease and his seed shall inherit
must be acknowledged to have some obscurity in them V. 16. Desolate 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 anus one oft used for unigenitus an onely son doth also signifie a solitary and desolate person so Psal 68.6 God setteth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the solitary in families i. e. gives them children that had none So Psal 22.20 deliver my soul from the sword 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 my onely one i. e. my soul which is now left destitute from the power of the dog and so here as must be concluded from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and afflicted which is added to it Yet have the LXXII rendred it in the other signification 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 onely-begotten and so the Arabick onely son But the Latine more to the letter unicus pauper sum ego I am alone and poor V. 21. Integrity For 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 integrity and uprightess in the abstract and singular the LXXII read in the concret● and the plural 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the innocent and right and then 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to keep or preserve is by them rendered 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 stuck or adhered to me as if it were from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 colligavit to be bound up in league with any But the Chaldee render it clearly Perfectness and uprightness shall preserve me And thus also 't is capable of two sences one in relation to himself the other to God If it refer to David himself then 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 will best be rendred simplicity that ingredient in Jacobs character as that is somewhat inferior to goodness which v. 8. is joyned with uprightness and both spoken of God besides whom none is good in that sense as Christ saith But it may not unfitly refer to God and then it will signifie perfectness in the highest degree and as that denotes the greatest goodness and mercy as when Christ saith be you perfect as your Father in heaven is perfect Mat. 5.48 't is Luk. 6.36 be ye merciful as your heavenly Father is merciful and then as Psal 23.6 we have Surely goodness and mercy shall follow me all the days of my life referring questionless to Gods goodness c. so here it may well be Perfectness and uprightness i. e. Gods perfectness and uprightness his mercy in promising his fidelity in performing shall preserve me The Twenty Sixth PSALM A Psalm of David Paraphrase The Twenty Sixth Psam was composed by David as an appeal to God to vindicate his integrity and deliver him from his enemies 1. Judge me O Lord for I have walked in mine integrity I have trusted also in the Lord therefore I shall not slide Paraphrase 1. To thee O Lord I appeal for patronage and relief and to qualifie my self for so great a dignity am able only to say this for my self 1. That I have not injured them that invade me nor by any other wilful prevarication from my duty forfeited thy protection 2. That I have constantly and immutably reposed my full trust and dependance on thee my only helper 2. Examine me O Lord and prove me try my reins and my heart Paraphrase 2. For these two I humbly offer my self to thy divine most exact inspection and examination even of my most inward thoughts and if thou seest good to thy casting me even into the furnace of affliction for the approving my sincerity herein 3. For thy loving-kindness is before mine eyes and I have walked in thy truth Paraphrase 3. What ever thy trials are this thou wilt certainly find that I have never failed to meditate on delight in and repose all my trust in thy mercies and that I have sincerely performed obedience to all thy commandments 4. I have not sat with vain persons neither will I go in with dissemblers Paraphrase 4. My conversation hath not been tainted with the evil examples of the world I have not been guilty either of falseness or treachery or any manner of base unworthy dealing 5. I have hated the congregation of evil doers and will not sit with the wicked Paraphrase 5. On the contrary I have detested and abhorred all assemblies of those that design such things and constantly eschewed entring into any of their consultations 6. I will wash mine hands in innocency so will I compass thine altar O Lord. Paraphrase 6. I have indeavoured daily so to prefere my thoughts and actions from all impurity that I might be duly qualified to offer my oblations to thee with confidence to be accepted of thee 7. That I may publish with the voice of thanksgiving and tell of all thy wondrous works Paraphrase 7. To proclaim to all men in the solemnest manner thy abundant rich mercies to those that keep close to thee 8. Lord I have loved the habitation of thy house and the place where thine honour dwelleth Paraphrase 8. O what a pleasure hath it alwayes been to me to come and offer up my prayers before the Ark the place where thou art graciously pleased to presentiate and exhibite thy self 9. Gather not my soul with sinners nor my life with bloody Men. Paraphrase 9. This I hope may be ground of assurance to me that thou wilt not deal with me as with wicked and bloody men that thou wilt not permit me to fall under their fate to perish as they do 10. In whose hand is mischief and their right hand is full of bribes Paraphrase 10. Who design and consult and contrive nothing but injustice and spare no liberalities that may be useful toward that end 11. But as for me I will walk in mine integrity Redeem me and be merciful unto me Paraphrase 11. Out of such mens power and malice be thou pleased to rescue me who have never yet forfeited mine integrity 12. My foot standeth in an even place in the congregation will I bless the Lord. Paraphrase 12. I am constant and steady in my adherence and relyance on thee thou I know wilt support me and I will make my most solemn acknowledgments of it to thee Or And now what have I to do but to offer sacrifice to thee and bless and praise thee for ever in the publick assembly Annotations on Psalm XXVI V. 1. Slide The only difficulty in this verse is in what sense 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is to be taken The verbe 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies to trip to totter to be shaken or moved to be ready to fall inconstant or not able to stand And it may be applyed either to the subject matter of his hope that he shall not be cast down by his enemies forsaken by God and that look't on as a reward of his hope and so our English understands it and accordingly infers it with the illative therefore Or else it may be applyed to the hope it self or David hoping and then it signifies the constancy of his unshaken hope that
I have nothing else to complain of in my present distresses 5. For in the time of trouble he shall hide me in his pavilion in the secret of his Tabernacle shall he hide me he shall set me up upon a rock Paraphrase 5. Were I but returned to the Sanctuary I should look upon it and make use of it as of a refuge of perfect safety to which in any difficulty I might confidently resort and be secured by God as in a tower or fortress 6. And now shall my head be lifted up above mine enemies round about me therefore will I offer in his Tabernacle sacrifices of joy I will sing yea I will sing praises unto the Lord. Paraphrase 6. And as now it is though I am at present withheld from that felicity yet have I confidence that my prayers shall be heard that I shall be delivered from mine enemies power and exalted above them all and afforded all matter of joy and Sacrifices when I do come to Sion and abundant thanksgivings unto God 7. Hear O Lord when I cry with my voice have mercy also upon me and answer me Paraphrase 7. And therefore with this confidence I now offer up my Prayers to thee O Lord for mercy and compassion and gracious returns to all my wants 8. When thou saidst Seek ye my face my heart said unto thee Thy face Lord will I seek Paraphrase 8. Whatsoever supply I lack my heart directs me whither to apply my self by resounding in my ears those gracious words of thine seek ye my face calling all that want any thing to ask it of thee To thee therefore I make my address with thine own words of invitation in my mouth Thy face O Lord will I seek making all my application to thee and to none other 9. Hide not thy face far from me put not thy servant away in anger thou hast been my help leave me not neither forsake me O God of my salvation Paraphrase 9. Lord vouchsafe me thy wonted presence and favourable aspect withdraw all expressions of thy displeasure Thy former continued reliefs have ingaged me to hope for deliverance from none but thee O do not thou leave me for then I shall be utterly destitute 10. When my father and my mother forsake me then the Lord will take me up Paraphrase 10. It is one of thy wonderful works of mercy to provide for those whose parents have exposed and left them helpless the young Ravens Psalm 147.9 And the like I trust thou wilt do for me though all hmane aids should utterly fail me 11. Teach me thy way O Lord and lead me in a plain way because of mine enemies Paraphrase 11. Lord do thou instruct and direct me what course I shall take that mine enemies may have no advantage against me but that I may escape safe out of their hands 12. Deliver me not over unto the will of mine enemies for false witnesses are risen up against me and such as breath out cruelty Paraphrase 12. Permit me not to fall into their power for as they have begun with slander and calumny so will they end if thou do not divert or with-hold them in injustice and rapine 13. I had fainted unless I had believed to see the goodness of the Lord in the land of the living Paraphrase 13. Had I not had a full confidence that I should by Gods great mercy be supported in my distress and restored to those injoyments of rest and peace which God had faithfully promised me Here the Psalmist abruptly but elegantly breaks off the speech 14. Wait on the Lord be of good courage and he shall strengthen thy heart wait I say on the Lord. Paraphrase 14. O my soul do thou patiently expect Gods leasure be not discouraged with thy present evils but arm thy self with constancy and fortitude and never doubt of Gods seasonable reliefs Annotations on Psalm XXVII V. 2. Stumbled Though 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be in the Praeter tense yet 't is usual in the Prophetick writings that these should be taken in the future tense when the context inclines that way And so here it doth being a profession of his confidence in God that he will deliver him out of his present distresses as both the antecedents v. 1. and consequents v. 3. make evident And accordingly it is most probable that here thus it should be v. 2. and so the Jewish Arab reads they shall stumble and fall and so the learned Castellio renders it si invadant offensuri sunt atque casuri If they invade me they shall stumble and fall Though it be also possible that it may reflect upon his past experiences of Gods mercies as pledges of his future and then it may retain the praeter tense And therefore I deemed it safest to take that in also in the Paraphrase V. 6. Joy 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sacrifices of jubilation are those of the solemn feasts attended not only with the harmony and Musick of the Levites but the Hosannahs and acclamations of the people Hence Jeremy compares the military clamours of the victorious Chaldeans in the Temple to those that were formerly made there in the day of a solemn feast Lam. 2.7 They have made a noise in the house of the Lord as in a day of a solemn feast And this is that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or joyful sound which they that hear are by David pronounced blessed Psal 89.15 Blessed is the people that know the joyful sound V. 8. My heart For the meaning of this v. 8. little help will be had from the antient Interpreters The Syriack leave out a part of it unrendred and have only thus much My heart saith unto thee and my face shall seek thy countenance The LXXII and after them the Latine Arabick and Aethiopick in stead of Seek ye my face read I have sought thy face 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 My heart said to thee I have sought thy face thy face Lord will I seek and other copies with some change 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 c. My heart hath said to thee I will seek the Lord my face hath sought thee thy face Lord will I seek But the Chaldee keeps close to the Hebrew only for seek ye reads in the singular seek thou The full meaning of it will easily be gathered by reflecting on Gods mercy and kindness unto men ready to defend them if they will but call to him for his help This is conteined in this supposed speech or command of Gods 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 seek ye my face thereby inviting all to address their prayers to him This gracious speech of Gods David here meditates upon and on it founds his confidence and in his addresses to Heaven first minds God of this his command or invitation or incouragement to all to seek to him that is the meaning of My soul said to thee seek ye my face laying a
instruments that are in use among men in Festivities the Harp and Viol c. will be most fitly used in the singing of Psalms and Hymns unto God 3. Sing unto the Lord a new song play skilfully with a loud noise Paraphrase 3. And the choisest and rarest ditties and the best composed Musick and the most excellent melodious voices are all to be called in to perform this great duty of thanksgiving unto God 4. For the word of the Lord is right and all his works are done in truth Paraphrase 4. For all that God saith or doth is excellently good his commands are of those things which are infinitely best for us his promises abundantly gracious and certain to be performed and his very threats and prohibitions acts of special mercy to keep us from those things which are most pernicious to us As for all his works of providence they are most just and merciful 5. He loveth righteousness and judgment the earth is full of the goodness of the Lord. Paraphrase 5. Mercifulness and justice are of all things in the world most approved and valued by him and are by him exemplified to us in all the daily acts of his providence among us 6. By the word of the Lord were the heavens made and all the host of them by the breath of his mouth Paraphrase 6. The whole body of the heavens and all that is in them the Sun Moon and all the Planets and lesser Stars were created by his bare speaking the word commanding that they should have a being Which as it is a most illustrious evidence of his absolute omnipotence so is it of his great goodness also to us for whose benefit they were all created 7. He gathereth the waters of the Sea together as an heap he layeth up the deep in store-houses Paraphrase 7. So in like manner did he sever the waters which covered the face of the earth and confined them to hollow places where though they swell much higher then the shore yet they do not overrun it but are gathered into a round gibbous form and so remain constant within their channel And in those vast cavities of an unfathomable depth he hath laid up the whole Ocean as safe and as far from hurting or drowning or overrunning the earth as corn laid up in a granary as money in a treasury is safe from running out of it A joynt evidence again of his infinite power and goodness 8. Let all the earth fear the Lord let all the inhabitants of the world stand in awe of him Paraphrase 8. As therefore he is thus able to set bounds to that vast element so can he and doth he to the most enormous power of men which may therefore be a just cause of awe and dread to all the men in the world 9. For he spake and it was done he commanded and it stood fast Paraphrase 9. For as a bare word of his immediately created all the world so is every command of his now most certainly obeyed as he pleaseth to dispose so shall it infallibly be 10. The Lord bringeth the counsel of the heathen to nought he maketh the devices of the people of none effect Paraphrase 10. Whatsoever godless men see note on Psal 10. m. design or propose to themselves contrary to his will he blastes and frustrates it dissipates all their contrivances be they never so prudently managed by whole multitudes and assemblies of them 11. The counsel of the Lord standeth for ever the thoughts of his heart to all generations Paraphrase 11. Onely that which he hath decreed and purposed shall immutably come to pass 12. Blessed is the man whose God is the Lord and the people whom he hath chosen for his own inheritance Paraphrase 12. O then thrice happy is that Nation and people which have betaken themselves to the sincere service of so great and powerful and gracious a God and whom he hath in so special a sort made choice of to be peculiarly his among them to reveal himself in so eminent a manner 13. The Lord looketh from heaven he beholdeth all the sons of men 14. From the place of his habitation he looketh upon all the inhabitants of the earth Paraphrase 13 14. All the men that are in the earth the inhabitants of the whole world are within the compass of his most particular providence though he reside in heaven in a peculiar manner yet from thence he exactly surveighs and beholds all and every their actions and even most secret thoughts 15. He fashioneth their hearts alike he considereth all their thoughts Paraphrase 15. As he is severally and equally the creator of them all and former of their souls as well as bodies so he is certainly able to discern particularly all the operations of their very hearts and is no idle spectator but weigheth and and judgeth all and accordingly rewards every man 16. There is no King saved by the multitude of an host a mighty man is not delivered by much strength Paraphrase 16. 'T is not the multitude or strength of an Army that hath power to secure any Potentate not the valour or puissance of the most glantly person to preserve himself 17. An horse is a vain thing for safety neither shall he deliver any by his great strength Paraphrase 17. An horse is the most valiant and docile beast and generally the most used in Military affairs in respect both of his courage and swiftness vigour and activity yet he that depends thereon for his safety or good success in a battel oft finds him a very deceitful false aid is pitifully disappointed by him 18. Behold the eye of the Lord is upon them that fear him upon them that hope in his mercy Paraphrase 18. The only security is to be sought from the favour and protection of God and the way to qualifie our selves for that is by conjoyning our uniform sincere obedience to him and our unshaken constant relyance on his mercy 19. To deliver their soul from death and to keep them alive in famine Paraphrase 19. To such as are thus qualified his protection will not fail whatsoever the danger be how great soever the seeming destitution 20. Our soul waiteth for the Lord he is our help and our shield Paraphrase 20. The Lord is our only aid and protector to him therefore is all the desire of our souls 21. For our heart shall rejoyce in him because we have trusted in his holy name Paraphrase 21. And whatsoever befalls us we shall most cheerfully and not only patiently support it as having full assurance and confidence in him that he will either rescue us out of it or else convert it to our greatest advantage 22. Let thy mercy O Lord be upon us according as we hope in thee Paraphrase 22. O Lord our full trust is in thee let thy mercy come down upon us we beseech thee Annotations on Psal XXXIII V. 2. Instrument of ten strings From 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉
otherwise they should rejoyce over me when my foot slippeth they magnifie themselves against me Paraphrase 16. To thee therefore I make my petition that thou wilt not leave me to mine enemies will to rejoyce and triumph over me as they are very forward to do and to make their boasts what victories they have obtained over me if at any time any the least evil befalls me 17. For I am ready to halt and my sorrow is continually before me Paraphrase 17. And now indeed this is my condition for I am in continual danger and expectation of ruine if thou be not pleased to support me 18. For I will declare mine iniquity I will i be sorry for my sin Paraphrase 18. And I must acknowledge and confess that they are my many grievous transgressions which have brought this anxiety upon me given me reason continually to fear lest by them I have forfeited thy protection and then there is nothing but ruine to be expected 19. But mine enemies are lively and they are strong and they that hate me wrongfully are multiplyed Paraphrase 19. And to this my fear agrees the prosperity of my unjust and causeless enemies who live and increase in strength their forces are daily multiplyed And this may well mind me of the increase of my sins to which this is imputable for otherwise I am sure I have not provoked them by any injury done to them only my sins against thee have thus strengthened them 20. They also that render evil for good are mine adversaries because I follow the thing that good is Paraphrase 20. To them I have done nothing but good and yet they persecute me and make these unkind returns for all my kindness having no other matter of quarrel to me but my doing that which is just and good and never wronging them how much soever I am wronged by them 21. Forsake me not O Lord O my God be not far from me Paraphrase 21. O God of power do not thou leave me to their malice O Father of mercy and that to me thy sinful servant let not my sins remove thee from me 22. Make haste to help me O Lord my salvation Paraphrase 22. O thou whose title it is to save and deliver those that are in the greatest danger and even on sinners to have mercy and rescue them from the due reward of their sins and hast to me made most gratious promises of this kind I beseech thee no longer to defer but in my greatest extremity relieve me opportunely and speedily Annotations on Psal XXXVIII Tit. To bring to remembrance It is uncertain what 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the title of this Psalm signifies Some of the Hebrews apply it to their Musick but give no clear account of their reasons or meaning herein That which seems most probable is that as the meat-offering Levit. 2.2.9.16 is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a memorial an offering of sweet savour to God and elsewhere 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for a memorial Lev. 24.7 or rather as Gods remembring any man is his relieving and helping him so a prayer to God in time of distress may fitly be stiled 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to cause remembrance Thus this Psalmist elsewhere prayes Lord remember David and ●la his troubles Psal 132.1 and remember O Lord thy tender mercies Psal 25.6 Remember thy congregation Psal 74.2 and many the like And accordingly this Psalm and the seventieth which have this title are most earnest prayers for relief There Make hast O God to deliver me make hast make hast to help me O Lord c. and here O Lord rebuke me not c. in the beginning and forsake me not O Lord O my God be not far from me make hast to help me O Lord my salvation in the end What the distress was that caused so passionate a prayer for relief will be hard to define Particularly The outside of the words and expressions signifies a sharp and noysome disease And 't is not improbable that David should have his part in that kind of affliction who had so large a portion of other sorts or that since his persecutions have furnished the Church with so many excellent pieces of devotion his bodily afflictions should proportionably do so to especially since we see King Hezekiah both in his sickness and his recovery making attempts of this kind But 't is also possible that Davids other distresses of which we have more certain evidence in his story his persecutions under Saul and from his own Son Absalom might by a Psalmist in Poetick style be thus resembled and compared with the sorest and most noisome diseases And therefore I deemed it more safe to set the paraphrase with this latitude of signification applying the words to his streights in general store of which it is certain he had rather then to confine them to noisome diseases which we read not that he was visited with at any time V. 2. Stick From 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 descendit are two words in this v. 2. distinguishable by the nouns to which they are applyed The former 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 applyed to arrows signifies going down i. e. entring deep into the flesh The LXXII read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Latine and Syriack and Arabick infixae sunt mihi are fastened in me which is but a natural consequent of entring deep and so is set to paraphrase it The latter 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 applyed to hand signifies to come down or descend with some weight to fall upon him This the Chaldee render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 remained and the Syriack 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and did rest as if they read it from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to rest But the LXXII 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 confirmasti saith the Latine thou hast confirmed thy hand upon me i. e. let it fall hard upon me the Arabick rightly express their meaning thy hand is become hard upon me and so this is a good paraphrastical explication of it V. 5. Wounds From 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 convenit sociatus est is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a bruise from any blow because the blood or matur associates and gathers together in that place it signifies also a boyle or aposteme Here 't is in the former sense as caused by a blow or stroke and figuratively signifies any effect of Gods wrath or displeasure and it is said to putrifie and to stink for so the blood and humors thus congregated and standing still do putrifie immediately and will be noisome if they be not drawn out The LXXII therefore fitly render it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vibices such as come from blowes but the Syriack 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 boiles in the other notion of it and so I suppose the Chaldee also 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 puduit pudefecit because such bruised parts look black and blew and are matter of shame
gracious methods but still resist and stand out impenitently in their sins 't is in all reason to be expected from his justice that he shall pour out his vengeance upon these stout presumptuous sinners heads and destroy them utterly And thus shall it befall those that hold out against the Messias when the Apostles after his resurrection shall with the conviction which that brought and the miraculous power shed on them by the holy Ghost preach the Gospel to his crucifiers and call them to repentance for then upon their persisting in their obstinacy their utter destruction is to be look't for 22. The Lord said I will bring again from Bashan I will bring my people again from the depths of the sea Paraphrase 22. The Lord hath promised now to repeat among us all his glorious acts to do as great things command as signal deliverances and victories for Jerusalem as were wrought in Batanea or the Red-sea And all this but an essay of the deliverance of the Messias from the very power of the grave consequent to which is our resurrection as also of the spiritual deliverance wrought for Christians from the power of sin and satan 23. That thy foot may be dipped in the blood of thine enemies and the tongue of thy dogs in the same Paraphrase 23. The blood of thy enemies shed in such abundance that thy dogs shall lap and drink it shall be the sea in which thou shalt pass and that red without a figure And proportionably shall be the destructions on the enemies of Christ and Christians in the age of the Messias 24. They have seen thy goings O God even the goings of my God my King in the sanctuary Paraphrase 24. After the coming out from Egypt and delivery of the Law by the ministry of whole hosts of Angels the Ark and the Tabernacle being built constantly marched before them in all their journeyings with a procession of like solemnity though performed by meaner persons an host though not of heavenly officers and so conducted them to the place of their promised rest Numb 10.35 and with it God himself went as a King before them to rule and guide and protect them And so shall Christ by his grace by his word and his sacraments when he is in heaven 25. The singers went before and the players on instruments followed after amongst them were the damsels playing with timbrels Paraphrase 25. And the going up of the Ark was very solemn with voices and instruments of Musick both which were committed to the Levites care and the pious women accompanied and bare their part in the quire And so when Christ is gone up to heaven the Apostles shall celebrate and promulgate it to all the world and Mary Magdalen and other women witnesses thereof shall affectionately joyn with them indivulging it 26. Bless ye God in the congregation even the Lord from the fountain of Israel Paraphrase 26. And all the people of Israel all that are come forth from out of the waters of Judah Isai 48.1 excited and called upon the other to magnifie the Name of the Lord As all Christians shall be obliged solemnly to magnifie the Name of the Messias and to that end frequently to assemble together 27. There is little Benjamin with their rulers the princes of Judah and their counsel the princes of Zabulon and the princes of Naphtali Paraphrase 27. Particularly the two royal tribes 1. that of Benjamin from which the first King sprang ● that of Judah from which the second and the two learned tribes Zabulon and Naphtali And we may note that the Kingdom of the Messiah should at length be submitted to by all the Potentates and learned men in the world 28. Thy God hath commanded thy strength strengthen O God that which thou hast wrought for us Paraphrase 28. Thus is it meerly the work of Gods presence noted by the Ark assistance and providence that we have thus been enabled to subdue our enemies and get possession of this good land and so the grace of Christ by which sin and Satan shall be weakned and subdued Lord do thou continue this thy power and goodness and go through with and confirm this work of mercy which thou hast begun and thus far advanced in us 29. Because of thy temple at Jerusalem shall Kings bring presents unto thee Paraphrase 29. And then as thy donatives have been imparted to the very heathen enemies of God v. 18. so by way of return shall the heathen nations and princes come in to the acknowledgement and worship of thee and bring sacrifice and oblations to thy Temple the Queen of Shebah personally the Asiatick Princes and Roman Emperors by their offerings And in like manner the heathen world and the greatest Princes thereof shall imbrace and accept the faith of Christ 30. Rebuke the company of spear-men the multitude of the bulls with the calves of the people till every one submit himself with pieces of silver scatter thou the people that delight in war Paraphrase 30. And those that hold out and trust in their military strength tyrannizing and oppressing and subduing all their neighbour nations and out of an insatiate desire of wealth have they never so much will have more and use all violence and war to that purpose Jam. 4.2 these wilt thou severely punish and destroy And so shall Christ the greatness of heathen Rome which having attained to the Empire of the world and to the greatest wealth imaginable shall be subdued and destroyed by the Goths c. and so the Empire subjected to Christianity in Constantine's time see Rev. 17. and 18. 31. Princes shall come out of Aegypt Aethiopia shall soon stretch out her hands unto God Paraphrase 31. And by this means shall many other heathen nations Egyptians and Ethiopians c. be induced to come in as Proselytes and imbrace the law of God and offer up their prayers in his Temple And so when heathen Rome is subdued to the faith of Christ the other nations that depend on that Empire shall receive it also 32. Sing unto God ye kingdoms of the earth O sing praises unto the Lord. Selah Paraphrase 32. And Jerusalem shall be an house of prayer to all nations and this shall be just matter of the most solemn triumphant joy to all the people in the world all due and to be acknowledged to the God of heaven 33. To him that rideth upon the heaven of heavens which were of old loe he doth send out his voice and that a mighty voice Paraphrase 33. To that God that descended and spake to Moses of old out of the cloud on Mount Sinai with such thunder as made them all to tremble see note on Psal 148. a. and will more clearly reveal his will in the fulness of time by the voice of his own Son incarnate and by the preaching of the Apostles to all the world 34. Ascribe ye strength unto God his excellency is
Potentates of the world and all the people thereof shall acknowledge and magnifie his government And so shall the Gentile world universally subject themselves to Christ 12. For he shall deliver the needy when he cryeth the poor also and him that hath no helper Paraphrase 12. As the government of a just and merciful Prince that is ready to relieve all that are opprest and wronged And therein a type of Christs Kingdom who never denies grace and pardon to the humble suppliant that having no trust to rely on ●n himself sees in prayer to his free grace and mercy 13. He shall spare the poor and needy and he shall save the souls of the needy Paraphrase 13. A Prince of bowels and compassion to them that are in any kind of distress to defend and deliver them out of it And so shall Christ not only not punish the lowly penitent sinner but bestow all that i● pretious upon him even grace here and eternal salvation hereafter 14. He shall redeem their soul from deceit and violence and pretious shall their blood be in his fight Paraphrase 14. To rescue them out of the hand of the injurious and oppressor and preserve their lives from the invader as those that are much valued and esteemed by him And so shall Christ redeem in the most eminent manner those that rely on him from all their spiritual enemies Sin and Satan from the power of the one and tyranny of the other and pay his own life a ransome for mankind 15. And he shall live and to him shall be given of the gold of Sheba prayer also shall be made for him continually and daily shall he be praised Paraphrase 15. As long as he lives shall strangers reverence and subjects continually bless and pray for him as the Author of a peaceable and happy life to them And so shall the faith of Christ have the reverence of strangers be admired by all that hear of it as being made up of the most excellent divine doctrines of charity purity subjection c. and for all those that set themselves to the practice of his precepts they shall have cause to bless them and magnifie them as the greatest mercy that could ever have been vouchsafed them 16. There shall be an handful of corn in the earth upon the top of the mountains the fruit thereof shall shake like Lebanon and they of the city shall flourish like grass of the earth Paraphrase 16. In his time shall there be great abundance of all things and Gods hand very remarkable in blessing and prospering the smallest quantity of seed sown in the barrennest soile into a most plentiful harvest and this city shall thrive proportionably the number of the inhabitants shall increase as fast as the seed which is sown doth And so in the dayes of the Messiah shall Gods providence and his grace most signally evidence it self in bringing forth a multitude of believers by a little contemptible preaching of the faith among the most idolatrous obdurate Gentiles 17. His name shall endure for ever his name shall be continued as long as the Sun and men shall be blessed in him all nations shall call him blessed Paraphrase 17. And his memory and honour shall outlive his person shall never be blotted out but shall flourish and descend upon his posterity as a mark of renoun to all that shall come from him And for all others when they shall bless any Prince or royal person they shall do it in this form The Lord make thee like Solomon And in sum all the nations in the world shall look upon him as a most blessed person a most wise and a most prosperous Prince And so shall Christ pretypified by Solomon be in a most eminent manner remembred even adored and worshipped and magnified for ever All they that receive his faith shall as his sons be called by his name be known by the title of Christians and be looked upon as a most happy and blessed sort of men that they are vouchsafed that dignity of being his sons to be taught and educated by him and to transcribe his copies to be like him in all goodness 18. Blessed be the Lord God the God of Israel who only doth wondrous things Paraphrase 18. For these and all other his mercies so wonderfully wrought for his servants and which none else is able to work the eternal Lord of heaven and earth who alone is worshipped by the Jews and which hath chosen them to himself to be his people be now and ever magnified 19. And blessed be his glorious name for ever and let the whole earth be filled with his glory Amen and Amen Paraphrase 19. And O that all the men in the world would set themselves industriously and faithfully to his service that they would bless and praise him continually offer up their daily oblation of lands and thanksgiving to him and all hearts be throughly possest with his divine excellencies and endeavour to express the power thereof in all the actions of their lives in doing what he hath directed and exemplified to them O that every man would say Amen to this prayer O that God would once grant this petition 20. The prayers of David the son of Jesse are ended Paraphrase 20. Here is the conclusion of the second Book of Psalms which were if not all composed yet perhaps all collected and put into this order by David The other Books that follow being a collection of Asaph and other men in which some there are also of Davids composing after the finishing of this collection or shutting up of this Book Annotations on Psalm LXXII V. 3. Righteousness 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in this place is by the LXXII rendred 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in righteousness and so joyned in construction with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shall judge in the beginning of the next verse and so it must be if the ב have any signification But it is not unusual for this and other prepositions to be used as expletives and accordingly the Chaldee retains it here 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whilst yet both the Syriack and Latine leave it out and read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thy righteousness and justitiam righteousness And so the sense is most perspicuous V. 5. They shall fear thee For 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they shall fear or reverence thee The LXXII seem to have read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and he shall prolong his life and so render it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he shall endure as long as the Sun and so the Latine permanebit cum sole and he shall abide with the Sun But the Chaldee adhere to our reading of the Hebrew and render it both by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they shall fear from or be afraid of thee and again by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they shall pray before thee and so the Syriack 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to fear or adore which the Interpreter
this sense of this verse the Apostles discourse seemeth to be framed Heb. 4 6 7. thus seeing they to whom it was first preached entred not in because of unbelief Again he limiteth a certain day saying To day c. i. e. notwithstanding all former rebellions if you will now come in the promised rest shall be made good to you Which the Apostle there applies to the Hebrews under the preaching of the Gospel not as if it had no completion in Davids time by the carrying up the Ark to Jerusalem and Gods resting and their worshipping him there but because beyond that the Psalm had a farther completion in the Messias as the Jews themselves Rab. Kimchi and others confess in whom God did much more eminently dwell than he ever did in the Ark or Temple at Jerusalem From whence therefore the Apostle concludes that there then remained a rest to the people of God the persecuted Christians and to all unbelieving Jews upon condition if they shall hearken to the voice of God in the preaching of the Gospel For then notwithstanding all their misbehaviours continued untill that time of his writting to them that warning they should yet be Gods people and enjoy the glorious promises of peace and happiness under the Messiah In which words to day if a farther offer of grace and pardon is made to those Jews on condition of timely reformation And so elsewhere according to these grounds the Apostle saith 't was necessary that the Gospel should first be preached to the Jews but they then again refusing it was to depart from them and be promulgated to the Gentiles who in the scheme here used in this verse are called by Christ other sheep Joh. 10.16 which are not of this fold taken in by God into his Church upon their hearing his voice when the Jews who if they would have heard at that time had still continued his sheep were cast out and given over as lost sheep for their not hearing The Ninety Sixth PSALM The ninety sixth Psalm is a form of common thanksgiving and praising of God for all his works of grace and mercy as the great Creatour and Preserver Redeemer and Judge of the world It was first composed by David and among others delivered into the hand of Asaph and his Brethren at the carrying up of the Ark from the House of Obed-Edom to Zion 1 Chron. 16.23 c. and afterward lightly changed and said to have been used at the re●building the Temple after the Captivity And is in the prophetick sense very appliable to Christ's spiritual Kingdom and the effects thereof in the conversion of the Gentiles c. see note c. 1. O Sing unto the Lord a new song sing unto the Lord all the earth 2. Sing unto the Lord bless his name shew forth his salvation from day to day 3. Declare his glory among the heathen his wonders among all people Paraphrase 1 2. O let all men in the world acknowledge and bless and magnifie the Lord of heaven and this in the utmost chearfull joyous manner every day of their lives but more peculiarly we at this time who have this present signal addition to his wonted mercies commemorating all the glorious works and mighty deliverances which he hath wrought for his people Paraphrase 3. Let this zeal of ours indeavour to extend it self to the benefit of all the heathen people in the world those that know not God and by proclaiming the glorious miraculous acts of his power and goodness to his faithfull servants invite and perswade all to become proselytes to his service 4. For the Lord is great and greatly to be praised he is to be feared above all Gods Paraphrase 4. For certainly his power and goodness his majesty and his mercy is most worthy to be adored by all rational creatures and his divine vengeance so lately felt by the Philistims whose Gods were plagued by him as well as their votaries and by the Jews themselves in that breach upon Uzza 1 Chron. 13.11 ought in all reason to be admired and reverenced and trembled at by all opposers much more than all the feigned deities that are feared and worshipped among men and are not able to secure their worshippers or themselves 5. For all the Gods of the nations are idols but the Lord made the heavens Paraphrase 5. The choicest of those that the heathen people of the world have adored for Gods are but either Angels or souls of men or celestial bodies and what are these but the creatures of God who is the Creatour of the highest heavens and of all that inhabit there and are therefore in all reason to give place to the kingdom of the Messias which is to be erected in mens hearts see note c. 6. Honour and majesty are before him strength and beauty are in his sanctuary Paraphrase 6. The sanctuary or holy place appointed for the assembly to whom God will powerfully presentiate himself is the most glorious majestick place in the world the Angels those splendid ministers of his reside there and by their ministery our prayers are heard our wants supplied and so sufficiency of strength imparted to those that stand in need of it and there petition for it And this an image and imperfect type of what shall be at the coming of Christ that spiritual kingdom of his among us by the efficacy of his grace in his Church 7. Give unto the Lord O ye kindreds of the people give unto the Lord glory and strength Paraphrase 7. O let all the nations and people of the world acknowledge him the great and glorious Creatour and supreme sole Governour of all 8. Give unto the Lord the glory due unto his name bring an offering and come into his courts Paraphrase 8. Let them pay to him those acknowledgments which his all-wise and gracious providence and disposals and the redemption which he hath wrought for the whole world exact from all and offer up themselves and their prayers those their spiritual sacrifices together to him in his Church 9. O worship the Lord in the beauty of holiness fear before him all the earth Paraphrase 9. Let them magnifie and adore him in all his glorious attributes revere and obey him in all his commands and never fall off or apostatize from him 10. Say among the heathen that the Lord reigneth the world also shall be established that it shall not be removed he shall judge the people righteously Paraphrase 10. Let his people of the Jews instruct the heathen world in these great Articles of their Creed not onely that the God of Israel the Creatour of the world is also the sole Governour of it but farther that the Messias his eternal Son having conquered death shall have all dominion over his Church committed to him by his Father that by his divine providence and power he shall so over-rule and settle and compose the disturbances and oppositions among men that he shall plant miraculously and
expect all rage and ill usage from him yet as God commanded them or according to the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the words of his signs v. 27. see note g. they did couragiously proceed from one sign to another not fearing the wrath of the King or people to shew all God's miracles upon the Aegyptians The Latin reads non exacerbavit he did not provoke in the singular but to the same sense referring it I suppose to Moses But neither singular nor plural can probably refer to Pharaoh or the people of Aegypt that he or they resisted not God's word for though upon that plague of darkness Exod. 10.24 Pharaoh called unto Moses and said Goe ye serve the Lord yet that is attended with an onely let your flocks and your herds be stayed and then it follows v. 27. he would not let them goe The importance therefore of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they resisted not seems no more than what is affirmed in the story v. 21 22. The Lord said unto Moses stretch out thy hand And Moses stretched forth his hand i. e. readily obeyed and did what God directed and that at a time when Pharaoh was likely to be incensed and vehemently offended with them For which consideration the story there gives us this farther ground For as v. 10. he had before expressed some anger and threats Look to it for evil is before you and they were driven from his presence v. 11. so now upon the hardening his heart which follows this plague of darkness he said to Moses Get thee from me take heed to thy self see my face no more for in that day thou seest my face thou shalt die the death v. 28. This rage of Pharaoh Moses in reason might well foresee but he dreaded it not but boldly did as God directed and that is the meaning of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they resisted not God's words The LXXII now reade it without the negation some copies 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and they exasperated others 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 because they exasperated his words And the Syriack and Arabick and Aethiopick follow them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and they murmured so that word seems to be translated into other languages or resisted his word And thus it might have truth in it being applied to Pharaoh and the Aegyptians who could not yet be brought to be content to let the Israelites go free and carry their goods with them out of their Kingdom Exod. 10.24 27. But 't is more probable that the true original reading of the LXXII was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 neither which as it is the exact rendring of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and not so it is very near to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which some copies now have And from this light but very ancient corruption of their copy the other translations have it which consequently must be reformed by the Original V. 30. Brought forth The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 properly belongs to water breaking or springing out of the earth and is applied to any plentifull production Exod. 1.7 the children of Israel grew 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and procreated abundantly and as it there follows the land was filled with them The noun 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from hence is used for all sorts of creatures of the earth or water that goe not on legs Locusts Ants Worms Hornets Fishes c. because they procreate so exceedingly It cannot therefore more fitly be rendred both according to the force of the verb and noun than by swarming and that in such a degree over all the land that the palace which may be supposed to be most carefully kept was not free from them The Chaldee render it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which signifies among them scaturivit any copious production also But the LXXII 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from the notion of the word for creeping What is here said of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their land that that produced these swarms of frogs is Exod. 8.3 said of the river and so 5. and 6. stretch forth thy hand over the streams the rivers the ponds and cause frogs to come and as this makes more for the propriety of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 according to that of Gen. 1. speaking of the waters 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 let them swarm or produce abundantly the swimming thing so the earth and the waters being now but one globe the earth may be said to bring forth that which the waters produce or 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their land may signify their countrey of which their rivers were a part or 3. though the rivers produced the frogs yet the land swarmed with them as appears by the consequents they went up into the King's chambers V. 42. Holy promise That 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 joyned to a verb intransitive signifies with is acknowledged by Lexicographers and here such a verb is understood after 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the word of his holiness which he spake or had 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with Abraham so the Chaldee understood it and read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which with i. e. which he had with or to Abraham and so the LXXII 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which he had or which was made to Abraham The Hundred and Sixth PSALM Praise ye the Lord. The hundred and sixth Psalm the last of the fourth partition intitled Hallelujah is chiefly spent in confessing the sins and provocations of the Children of Israel but begun and concluded with the praising and magnifying of God's mercies and by the beginning and two last verses of it set down 1 Chron. 16.34 35 36. appears to be one of those Psalms which David delivered into the hand of Asaph and his Brethren v. 7. to record and thank and praise the Lord in their continual or daily ministring before the Ark v. 4. 1. O Give thanks unto the Lord for he is g●od for his mercy endureth for ever Paraphrase 1. Let us all joyn in proclaiming the abundant goodness and continued mercies of God which from time to time he hath vouchsafed and will never fail to reach out unto us 2. Who can utter the mighty acts of the Lord who can shew forth all his praise Paraphrase 2. His miraculous works of power and grace are far beyond our describing or expressing 3. Blessed are they that keep judgment and he that doth righteousness at all times Paraphrase 3. O 't is a blessed thing to be always engaged and exercised in the service of so gracious a master and by the continual practice of all duties of justice and mercy to be qualified for those mercies and protections which he never fails to make good to those which are thus fitted to expect or receive them 4. Remember me O Lord with the favour which thou bearest unto thy people O visit me with thy salvation Paraphrase 4. O blessed Lord of thy great abundant goodness to all thy faithfull servants be thou pleased to look favourably upon me though
provoked his spirit so that he spake unadvisedly with his lips Paraphrase 32 33. Before this is set down Num. 20. another murmuring of our Fathers against God occasioned by some want of water at Meribah a place so called from their chiding and contending with Moses where in their rage they wished they had died in that former plague Numb 11.13 And this their peevishness was a provocation to Moses who though he were a meek man brake out into a passionate speech v. 10. Hear ye now ye rebels shall we fetch you water out of this rock Wherein as he spake with some diffidence as if it were impossible to fetch water out of the rock when God had assured him v. 8. that at his speaking to the rock it should bring forth water sufficient for them all and is accordingly challenged of unbelief v. 12. so he seems to have assumed somewhat to themselves shall we and so did not sanctifie God in the eyes of the people of Israel v. 12. did not endeavour as he ought to set forth God's power and glory and attribute all to him And this passionate speech cost Moses very dear and was punished with his exclusion out of Canaan v. 12. Deut. 1.35 and 3.26 and 4.21 and 34.4 34. They did not destroy the nations concerning whom the Lord commanded them 35. But were mingled among the heathen and learned their works 36. And they served their idols which were a snare to them 37. Yea they sacrificed their sons and daughters unto devils 38. And shed innocent blood even the blood of their sons and of their daughters whom they sacrificed to the idols of Canaan and the land was polluted with blood 39. Thus were they defiled with their own works and went a whoring with their own inventions Paraphrase 34 35 36 37 38 39. After all this when at length they were come into the promised land and had received particular command Deut. 7.2 that they should utterly destroy all the idolatrous inhabitants thereof for fear they should be inveigled by them and drawn away to their idol-worship and those abominable pollutions they were infamously guilty of yet contrary to this express command of God's they did not execute this severity they spared them and drave them not out but permitted them to live amongst them Jud. 1.21 and so 't is oft mentioned through that book and by this means they were corrupted and brought into their heathen sins see Jud. 3.6.7 worshipt their Idols and false Gods and observed those abominable rites which infernal spirits had exacted of their worshippers the slaying and sacrificing of men innocent persons yea their own dearest children and so to idolatry and worship of the Devil they added blood-guiltiness of the highest degree the deepest dye even the most barbarous and unnatural and to all these yet farther adding fornication and those abominable sins that those nations were guilty of and for which the land spued them out Lev. 18.28 40. Therefore was the wrath of God kindled against his people in so much that he abhorred his own inheritance Paraphrase 40. This great sin adding to all the former provocations most justly inflamed the vehement anger and displeasure of God against this people of which he had before resolved and promised Abraham that he would own them for ever as his peculiar and so a long while he did and bare with them very indulgently but they growing still worse and worse 't was but reasonable and according to the contents of his not absolute but conditionate covenant at length to reject and cast them off or withdraw his protection from them 41. And he gave them into the hands of the heathen and they that hated them ruled over them 42. Their enemies also oppressed them and they were brought in subjection under their hand Paraphrase 41 42. And accordingly so he did he suffered the heathen nations about them to invade and overcome them the King of Mesopotamia Jud. 3.8 who had dominion over them eight years the Midianites and Amalekites Jud. 6.3 the Philistims and Amorites Jud. 10.6 the Philistims Jud. 13.1 43. Many times did he deliver them but they provoked him with their counsel and were brought low for their iniquity Paraphrase 43. In each of these destitutions and oppressions God still reteined his wonted respect to them so far as from time to time to raise them up Captains to undertake their battels and to rescue them out of their oppressors hands but then still again they fell to their sinfull idolatrous courses and again forfeited and devested themselves of God's protection and were again subdued by the same or some other of their heathen neighbours 44. Nevertheless he regarded their affliction when he heard their cry 45. And he remembred for them his Covenant and repented according to the multitude of his mercies 46. He made them also to be pitied of all those that carried them captives Paraphrase 44 45 46. And yet then also he did not utterly destitute them but in their times of distress and flying to him for succour he looked upon them with pity again remembred the covenant made with their Fathers and in infinite mercy returned from his fierce wrath and so inclined the hearts of those that had conquered them that instead of increasing they compassionated their miseries 47. Save us O Lord our God and gather us from among the heathen to give thanks to thy holy name and to triumph in thy praise Paraphrase 47. O blessed Lord be thou now pleased to return our captivity to reduce us from the hands of our heathen enemies that we may live to enjoy those blessed opportunities of making our most solemn acknowledgments to thee and blessing and magnifying thy holy name in this or the like form 48. Blessed be the Lord God of Israel from everlasting to everlasting and let all the people say Amen Praise ye the Lord. Paraphrase 48. To the almighty Lord of heaven and earth that hath made good his covenant of mercy to all his faithfull servants be all honour and glory from all and to all eternity And let all the world join in this joyfull acclamation adding every one his most affectionate Amen and Hallelujah Annotations on Psal CVI. Tit. Praise the Lord 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is here no part but onely the title of this Psalm This appears by two competent evidences 1. By the joint suffrage of all the ancient Translators of which the Syriack renders it not at all but in stead of it gives as their use is a large syllabus or contents of the Psalm but the Chaldee retein it as a title and the LXXII and Latin retein the Hebrew words putting them into one in the direct form of a title 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Alleluja and the Arabick more expresly such a Psalm noted with the title of Alleluja 2. By express testimony of Scripture 1 Chron. 16. There we reade v. 7. On that day David delivered first not this Psalm as we
vengeances as on so many accursed Malefactors whose lives and estates being forfeited to the law their widow'd wives and orphan children shall become vagabonds over the face of the earth covetous and griping and beggerly for ever 11. Let the extortioner catch all that he hath and let the stranger spoil his labour 12. Let there be none to extend mercy to him neither let there be any to favour his fatherless children Paraphrase 11 12. And as they corrade and indeavour to get together the wealth of others so shall others when they have any thing to be seis'd on plunder and rifle and pillage them rob them of all these gainings and no man take any compassion on them or their posterity in their sufferings be they never so cruel 13. Let his posterity be cut off and in the generation following let their name be blotted out 14. Let the iniquity of his fathers be remembred with the Lord and let not the sin of his mother be blotted out 15. Let them be before the Lord continually that he may cut off the memory of them from the earth Paraphrase 13 14 15. As for the principal instruments in these wicked rebellions and treasons against David and the son of David they shall certainly come to untimely deaths so did Achitophel 2 Sam. 17.23 and Absalom c. 18.14 and Saul 1 Sam. 31.5 and Doeg Psal 52.5 and so Judas Matth. 27. and their posterity shall not last beyond the next age They shall be cursed by God and all the punishments due to their fathers sins shall be so visited on this their wicked progeny that they shall soon come to utter eradication and extirpation 16. Because that he remembred not to shew mercy but persecuted the poor and needy man that he might even slay the broken in heart Paraphrase 16. And this a most just reward for their uncharitable and cruel dealing with him whose distresses might justly have extorted their greatest kindness and assistance but found nothing but bloody pursuits from them This seems especially to refer to David at Nob and Ahimelech and the priests slain by Doeg 17. As he loved cursing so let it come unto him as he delighted not in blessing so let it be far from him 18. As he clothed himself with cursing like as with his garment so let it come into his bowels like water and like oile into his bones 19. Let it be unto him as the garment which covereth him and for a girdle wherewith he is girded continually Paraphrase 17 18 19. 'T is to be expected from the all-just retributions of heaven that as they were willing to mete to others it should be meted back to them They were for nothing but mischief and cruelty and they are to expect no least mixture of compassion or mercy They delighted in slandering and cursing wishing and speaking ill of them that least deserved it and the bitter water that causeth the curse Numb 5.21 that maketh the thigh to rot and the belly to swell shall enter as water is wont into one that is overwhelmed with it into his stomach belly bowels and make them as the bitter water did to swell and burst so it happened literally to Judas Act. 1.28 and probably to Achitophel see note on Matt. 27. a. and in effect to the others also in their untimely excision And as oile which is more piercing than water penetrates the very flesh veins nerves and bones so shall this the most inward parts of them seise upon their very spirits and souls so it did remarkably on those two Achitophel and Judas and the same every such wicked man is to expect and never be gotten out again but within afflict and without incompass them and cleave to them for ever 20. Let this be the reward of mine adversaries from the Lord and of them that speak evil against my soul Paraphrase 20. Thus will God certainly punish them that either so rebelliously or so bloodily and cruelly set themselves against me and so those hereafter that oppose and crucifie the Messias 21. But doe thou for me O God the Lord for thy names sake because thy mercy is good deliver thou me Paraphrase 21. As for me I have no other solicitude than to repose my self in God's hands he is a God of most abundant goodness and mercy and his honour is ingaged in vindicating my cause in maintaining me whom he hath set on the throne against all opposers He is also an omnipotent Lord whose power can soon overrule and calme all these tempests To him therefore I humbly address my self for his seasonable interposition and relief referring the way and means to his all-wise disposal 22. For I am poor and needy and my heart is wounded within me 23. I am gone like the shadow when it declineth I am tossed up and down as the locust Paraphrase 22 23. And of this his mercy I am very confident being a most seasonable object of it at this time brought to great want to a sorrowfull deplorable condition every day growing lower and lower like the shadow about sun-set driven from my home and by the same danger that drove me thence removed from place to place like the silly impotent locusts that are carried without any aim design or conduct whithersoever the tempest drives them 24. My knees are weak through fasting and my flesh faileth of fatness 25. I am become also a reproach unto them when they looked upon me they shaked their heads Paraphrase 24 25. We are now quite wearied out ready to faint and fail and accordingly are lookt on by our enemies with scorn and derision making no question but we shall soon fall into their hands to be destroyed and devoured by them 26. Help me O Lord my God O save me according to thy mercy 27. That they may know that it is thy hand and that thou Lord hast done it Paraphrase 26 27. To thee therefore O God of all power which hast obliged and insured thy particular mercy to me I humbly address my self be thou pleased seasonably to relieve and rescue me that it may be visible to all that this so opportune interposition of thine hath wrought the deliverance for us 28. Let them curse but bless thou when they arise let them be ashamed but let thy servant rejoyce Paraphrase 28. Though they rail and defame and rise up against me yet I shall be secure of thy benediction and this shall be sure to give me the victory when they are put to flight and dissipated 29. Let my adversaries be cloathed with shame and let them cover themselves with their own confusion as with a mantle Paraphrase 29. And this shall certainly be their portion and consequently nothing but shame and confusion of face for all their malicious successless enterprises 30. I will greatly praise the Lord with my mouth yea I will praise him among the multitude 31. For he shall stand at the right hand of
pleasure in such meditations than in all other the most sensual divertisements and receive great profit and advantage by it 3. His work is honourable and glorious and his righteousness endureth for ever Paraphrase 3. All that he doth is infinitely magnificent and beautifull the works of his creation most admirable and stupendious and so the works of his preservation and providence full of omnipotent greatness and wisedom But above all his justice and purity his detestation of all sin and exact fidelity in all his promises is infinitely to be magnified as that which goes through all his other works 4. He hath made his wonderfull works to be remembred The Lord is gracious and full of compassion Paraphrase 4. The great miraculous works of his providence among us have made such impressions on men as will never be forgotten but recorded and reported for ever and indeed God hath made special ordinances the Passeover c. to that purpose Yea they have given him a title whereby he is known by all the same that he once proclaimed of himself to Moses when he desired to know and discern his nature more perfectly The Lord gracious i. e. a most gracious and mercifull Lord not forward to punish every sin that out of frailty is committed against him but abundant in mercy and loving kindness to all that faithfully adhere to him 5. He hath given meat unto them that fear him he will ever be mindfull of his Covenant Paraphrase 5. He never fails to provide for them that serve and obey him all things that they stand in need of he hath promised never to leave nor forsake such and whatsoever he hath thus by Covenant obliged himself to he will be certain duly to perform Thus did he promise Abraham concerning his posterity in Aegypt Gen. 15.13 and accordingly it was signally performed 6. He hath shewed his people the power of his works that he may give them the heritage of the heathen Paraphrase 6. His providence hath most effectually and eminently been discernible in his dealing with his people the Jews before whom he hath cast out the Canaanites and other inhabitants of seven very fruitfull nations who had exceedingly provoked him with their unnatural sins and given to this his people the quiet possession of them to which they had not the least right or title but from his immediate donation 7. The works of his hands are verity and judgment all his commandments are sure Paraphrase 7. And herein as in all things else his actions have been most just and righteous just vengeance to obdurate sinners as perfect fidelity and performance of his promise to Abraham his servant And so all his appointments both for the rooting out and planting in his menaces and promises are most assuredly performed there is no frustrating of any of them 8. They stand fast for ever and ever and are done in truth and righteousness Paraphrase 8. Being once ratified and confirmed by him they are sure to have that exact uprightness in them that they remain steady and immutable 9. He sent redemption to his people he hath commanded his covenant for ever holy and reverend is his name Paraphrase 9. And the like wonderfull act of power and mercy and fidelity was it in God that he rescued and brought out the seed of Abraham to whom his promises were made from the slavery of Aegypt an emblem of our greater redemption from the bondage of Sin and Satan wrought by his own Son and by a mighty hand made good his promises to them of bringing them into Canaan Thus firm and inviolable are all God's pacts and agreements made with his people to whom as his mercies are most admirably firm and for ever to be acknowledged with thanksgiving so his judgments are most dreadfull and formidable to all that provoke them to fall upon them 10. The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisedom a good understanding have all they that doe his commandments his praise endureth for ever Paraphrase 10. There is therefore no such excellent prudential course as the preserving in our breasts a just and due reverence of God an awe to his laws and a dread to his judgments and when all is considered this will be found the prime wisedom And the reason is clear The Law of God is the declaration of those things which are most our concernments to know his commandments bring all profitable knowledge and judgment to them that carefully set themselves to and are daily exercised in the practising of them They that constantly guide their lives according to those divine directions will soon discern experimentally what others at a distance never dream of that the practice of his precepts is of all other things most for their turns most agreeable to all their interests both in this and another world And so for that most eminent mercy of such his divine and most excellent precepts as well as for other parts of his Covenant his grace and mercies all possible praise is for ever due to his most holy name Annotations on Psal CXI V. 1. Praise ye the Lord What was observed and competently proved note on Psal 106. that Hallelujah was no part but onely the Title of the Psalm is applicable to this also and more that follow and is here most clearly demonstrable For this Psalm as also the next is one of those that are composed with exact respect to the order of the letters of the Alphabet And it is S. Hierom's true observation that this Psalm is the first which is purely Alphabetical the 25th and others which are well-nigh such failing or abounding in some Letter whereas this leaving 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for the Title begins with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as the 112. doth with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and in very short metre goes on exactly according to the letters of the Alphabet which it could not be imagined to do if it began with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Hallelujah V. 1. Vright Of the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 upright 't is Kimchi's observation 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 it is an appellative of Israel as Numb 23.10 Let me die 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the death of the upright And so they are called by a name of much affinity with this Jesurun in the notion and by analogy as in the New Testament the Christians are called Saints V. 2. Sought out 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to seek investigate search is used for meditating studying and from thence 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a school or place for study of the Law and in Arabick 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 an Academy or Vniversity and accordingly 1 Cor. 1.20 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the inquirer is the student he that spends his time in searching and finding out difficulties see Notef. on that place and then 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 here applied to the great works of God may be rendred are studied or meditated on 〈◊〉
good 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 upon us in which respect those words Rom. 15.8 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to confirm the promises of the fathers may reasonably be thought to refer to these words in this Psalm the making good of God's mercy to us being as in words so in sense parallel to confirming the promises to the Fathers and the truth of the Lord endureth for ever i. e. God's fidelity which consists in an exact performance of his promise endureth to the end of the world because though the Jews for their unbelief were cut off yet the Gentiles the seed of Abraham's faith were grafted in and so God's promise of making him a father of many nations fully performed in the vocation of the Gentiles at the time of the Jews obduration and apostasie Thus much is manifest yet perhaps it may be farther observable that the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 strong here attributed to the mercy of God is the known title of the Messias Isa 9.6 For though the late Jews have endeavoured to interpret that place of Hezekiah whom they there style 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Lord of eight names Talmud tract Sanhedr c. Chelek yet the Targum and others have resolved it to belong to the Messiah and so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to be two of his names And so indeed the mystery of our Redemption is to be looked on as an eminent exertion of the power of God Act. 2.33 the Incarnation is shewing strength with God's arm Luk. 1.51 and the Angel that brings the news of it and as the Jews tell us hath his name correspondent to the imployment he manages is Gabriel from this word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 strong And so above all the power was remarkable in his Resurrection which was wrought by God's right hand Act. 2.33 and v. 31. to this add that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which follows is taken notice of to be another of the names of the Messiah and the Midrasch Tehillim observes that that word comprehends all the letters in the Alphabet א the first מ the middlemost and ת the last as Rev. 1.8 he is called Alpha and Omega the first and the last the beginning and the end The Hundred and Eighteenth PSALM The hundred and eighteenth Psalm seems to be a gratulatory hymn to David upon his full and most undisturbed possession of the Kingdom after the Ark was brought to Jerusalem as may be conjectured from ver 19 20 26 27. and was probably appointed to be sung at the Feast of Tabernacles v. 15. some parts of it in the person of the people and others by way of alternation in the person of the King himself the most joyfull solemnity in the whole year as about which time the armies returned home from the field and Hosanna v. 25. the acclamation then used of course though no extraordinary accident had happened It is applied both by our Saviour Matt. 21.42 and by S. Peter 1 Pet. 2.4 to Christ the Son of David as by his ascension he was installed to be the King and so the head corner stone of the Church and it is therefore made up of lauds and praises to God for all his mercies 1. O Give thanks unto the Lord for he is good because his mercy endureth for ever 2. Let Israel now confess that his mercy endureth for ever 3. Let the house of Aaron now say that his mercy endureth for ever 4. Let them now that fear the Lord say that his mercy endureth for ever Paraphrase 1 2 3 4. It is now a fit season for all people and Priests especially for all truly pious men the most concerned and interessed persons to laud and magnifie the great goodness and constant mercies of God toward us let all therefore joyn uniformly in the performance of it 5. I called unto the Lord in distress the Lord answered me and set me in a large place Paraphrase 5. When I was brought into great distress may David now say I addrest my prayers to God for deliverance and he presently sent me a most seasonable relief 6. The Lord is on my side I will not fear what man can doe unto me Paraphrase 6. And having God to take my part I have no reason to apprehend the power or malice of man whatsoever it is 7. The Lord taketh my part with them that help me therefore shall I see my desire upon them that hate me Paraphrase 7. As long as he is on my side to support and assist me I shall not fear to meet an whole host of enemies 8. It is better to trust in the Lord than to put any confidence in man 9. It is better to trust in the Lord than to put any confidence in Princes Paraphrase 8 9. He that reposeth his whole trust in God hath thereby a far better security than all the Princes or men in the world can yield him 10. All nations compassed me about but in the name of the Lord will I destroy them 11. They compassed me about yea they compassed me about but in the name of the Lord I will destroy them Paraphrase 10 11. Let all the men and nations in the world begirt me never so close and leave me no way in humane sight for mine escape and relief yet I have my confidence in God and being thus fortified with ammunition and auxiliaries from heaven I shall make no doubt to repell and destroy them all 12. They compassed me about like bees they are quenched as the fire of thorns for in the name of the Lord I will destroy them Paraphrase 12. Let them swarm about me as thick as bees seise on me with the same violence that the fire doth upon chaff or thorns which it presently sets a flaming and consumes yet being thus armed as I am with a full trust and reliance on the omnipotent power of God I shall escape their fury and cut them off in stead of being destroyed by them 13. Thou hast thrust fore at me that I might fall but the Lord helped me Paraphrase 13. Mine enemies violence was so great that I had no power to resist it but was just ready to fall and sink under it and just then when my distress was greatest God interposed for my relief 14. The Lord is my strength and my song and is become my salvation Paraphrase 14. On him have I always depended as my onely support him have I always acknowledged and praised and exprest my confidence in him and accordingly now in time of my want he hath rescued me and set me in perfect safety 15. The voice of rejoycing and salvation is in the tabernacles of the righteous the right hand of the Lord doeth valiantly 16. The right hand of the Lord is exalted the right hand of the Lord doeth valiantly Paraphrase 15 16. And thus it is with all that adhere stedfastly to their obedience to and trust in God their whole
lives are made up of receiving and celebrating mercies and deliverances from God such as his omnipotent hand worketh for them either without the assistance of humane aids or so as the success is eminently imputable to God and not to man 17. I shall not dye but live and declare the works of the Lord. Paraphrase 17. And having received this instance of his mercy at this time being now secured from my greatest dangers what remains for me but to spend my whole age in proclaiming the power and mercy and fidelity of my deliverer and call all men off from their vain and weak trusts the arm of flesh to this more skilfull and politick dependence on God 18. The Lord hath chastened me sore but he hath not given me over unto death Paraphrase 18. God hath most justly delivered me up to be severely punisht pursued and hunted by my enemies but then hath seasonably delivered me out of their hands and not permitted me to be overwhelmed by them 19. Open to me the gates of righteousness I will go into them and I will praise the Lord. 20. This gate of the Lord into which the righteous shall enter Paraphrase 19 20. The sanctuary of God the holy place whither all good men resort to petition mercies and to acknowledge them when they are received is that to which as I am most bound I will now make my most solemn address and there commemorate God's mercies to me Or I will make use of all occasions as may make way for the prai●●ng God 21. I will praise thee for thou hast heard me and art become my salvation Paraphrase 21. Proclaiming to all the gracious returns I have received to my prayers the abundant and seasonable deliverances which God hath afforded me 22. The stone which the builders refused is become the head-stone of the corner 23. This is the Lord 's doing it is marvellous in our eyes Paraphrase 22 23. And now may all the assembly of Israel rejoyce and joyn in their congratulations that being now fallen out in King David's exaltation to the throne and much more eminently in the resurrection and ascension of the Messiah which is ordinarily said whether by way of History or Parable that the stone which in the laying the foundation of some eminent building was oft tried by the builders and as oft rejected by them as unfit for their use to any part of the fabrick and thereupon cast among and covered over with rubbish was at length when they wanted a stone for the most eminent use the coupling and joynting the whole fabrick together found most exactly fitted for the turn and so put in the most honourable place the chief corner of the building A thing so unexpected and strange that it was with reason judged as special an act of God's providence as if it had been sent them down immediately from heaven As strange was it and as imputable to God's special hand that David of no eminent family the son of Jesse and withall the youngest and most despised of his brethren should be in Saul's stead exalted by God to the regal throne and being for this driven by Saul from his court and pursued as a partridge on the mountains should yet continually escape his hand and be peaceably placed in his throne And so yet farther in the mystery that the Messiah the son of a Carpenter's wife with him brought up in the trade that whilst he made known the will of God had no dwelling-place that was rejected by the chief of the Jews as a drunkard and glutton and one that acted by the Devil as a blasphemous and seditious person and as such put to the vilest death the death of the Cross and was held some space under the power of the grave should be raised the third day from death taken up to heaven and there sit in his throne to rule and exercise regal power over his Church for ever This certainly was a work purely divine and so ought to be acknowledged and admired by us 24. This is the day the Lord hath made we will rejoyce and be glad in it 25. Save now I beseech thee O Lord O Lord I beseech thee send now prosperity Paraphrase 24 25. This day is the celebrating of a mercy wrought eminently signally and peculiarly by the Lord 't was he that exalted David to the throne and he that will advance the Messias to his regality in heaven and thereby peculiarly consecrated by God to his service and so for ever deserves to be solemnized by us being matter of the greatest joy imaginable to all subjects either of David's or of Christ's Kingdom and so this Psalm fit for a Paschal Psalm in the Church of Christ for ever Now it seasonable to use Hosannahs see note on Psal 20. d. and Matt. 21. a. acclamations and wishes of all manner of prosperity to this King exalted by God David the type of the Messiah Let us all joyn in doing it most solemnly crying people and priest together 26. Blessed be he that cometh in the name of the Lord we have blessed you out of the house of the Lord. Paraphrase 26. The Lord be praised for the great mercy of this King sent us so peculiarly by God but especially for the Messias whose coming hath been so long promised and expected see Matt. 21.9 All we that belong to the house of God the Priests that wait on his sanctuary do heartily bless God for this day and beseech his blessing on him that is now crowned and so shall all the Church of the Messias for ever celebrate him bless God for his exaltation and pray to God to prosper this regal office unto him bringing in the whole world unto his service 27. God is the Lord which hath shewed us light bind the sacrifice with cords even to the horns of the altar Paraphrase 27. Thus hath God shewed forth himself as in mercy so in power for us he hath magnified himself exercised this double act of his dominion over the world 1. in raising David from so mean an estate to the regal throne 2. in raising Christ from death to life and then assuming him to an intire dominion over the world to endure to the day of judgment And in both these he hath revived us with the most chearfull beams of his divine goodness O let us in commemoration thereof keep an anniversary sacrifical feast see v. 24. to praise and magnifie his name for these and all his mercies every man giving thanks and saying 28. Thou art my God and I will praise thee thou art my God I will exalt thee Paraphrase 28. I will laud and praise thy mercies so eminently vouchsafed unto me and in so peculiar a manner inhansed to the benefit of my soul and proclaim thy goodness and superlative divine excellencies to all the world 29. O give thanks unto the Lord for he is good for his mercy endureth for ever Paraphrase 29. Calling unto all to
of all piety there being no course wherein I shall more delightfully exercise my self 46. I will speak of thy testimonies also before Kings and will not be ashamed Paraphrase 46. Yea I will proclaim and boast of the excellency of thy Law and the advantages of ordering our lives by it and recommend it with confidence to the greatest Princes in the world as that which will inhaunse their crowns and make them much more glorious and comfortable to them if they will resolve to guide their lives after this model 47. And I will delight my self in thy commandments which I have loved Paraphrase 47. And for my self as in my love and value of thy precepts I prefer them before all other jewels in the world so will I entertain and recreate and gratifie my self by this exercise the meditation and practice of these rather than by any other way of divertisement which the world doth most esteem of 48. My hands also will I lift up unto thy commandments which I have loved and I will meditate in thy statutes Paraphrase 48. And this pleasure shall not be an aerial idle speculative pleasure but such as shall set me vigorously about the practice of all holy obedience to thee and therein will I constantly and diligently exercise my self and thereby express the reality of my love to them ZAIN 49. Remember the word unto thy servant on which thou hast caused me to hope 50. This is my comfort in my affliction for thy word hath quickned me Paraphrase 49 50. O Lord thou hast made me many most gracious promises and thereby given me grounds of the most unmoved hope and comfort And these are able to support and inliven me in the midst of the greatest pressures 51. The proud have had me greatly in derision yet have I not declined from thy law 52. I remembred thy judgments of old O Lord and have comforted my self Paraphrase 51 52. Atheistical wicked men when they see me in distress make a mock at my relyance and trust in God and think it ridiculous to talk of relief from heaven when earthly strength faileth But all their scoffs and bitterest sarcasms shall not discourage me or tempt me to forsake my hold I have many notable illustrious examples of thy power and goodness of the seasonable interpositions of thy reliefs to thy servants in their greatest distresses and these being laid to heart have infinitely more force to confirm my faith than all their Atheistical scoffs to shake it 53. Horror hath taken hold on me because of the wicked that forsake thy law Paraphrase 53. Nay these their heathenish discourses have been so far from working thus on me that they are matter of great disquiet and commotion and trembling to me to think of the direfull condition which they are in that have utterly forsaken God and all thought of obedience that have quite devested themselves as of all hope so of all dread of him 54. Thy statutes have been my songs in the house of my pilgrimage Paraphrase 54. For my part what ever can befall me in this frail transitory life I can take joy in the commands and promises of God and make them true real solaces to me in whatsoever distress as knowing that I suffer nothing but what God sees to be best for me and that if I faithfully wait on him he will in his time give me a seasonable deliverance 55. I have remembred thy name O Lord in the night and have kept thy law 56. This I had because I kept thy precepts Paraphrase 55 56. With these thoughts of God I have in the solitude and darkness of the night intertained and supported my self and thereby taken up a courage and constancy of resolution never to relinquish this hold for any other Thus hath God abundantly rewarded my diligence in his service by a pleasure resulting from it v. 54. by a stedfast unmovable hope and comfort in him v. 50. and by a durable constant resolution of a persevering obedience never to depart from him CHETH 57. Thou art my portion O Lord I have said that I would keep thy word Paraphrase 57. Blessed Lord of all the possessions and comforts of the world thou onely art worth the having thy promises are precious promises thy commands most excellent divine commands I have by thy grace deliberately made my choice preferred these before all the glories of this world and resolved that thy word shall be my treasure which I will most diligently preserve 58. I intreated thy favour with my whole heart be mercifull to me according to thy word Paraphrase 58. To this thy grace is most necessary for without it I can do nothing for this therefore I make my most humble sincere passionate address to thee O be thou graciously pleased to grant my request to vouchsafe me this mercy which thou hast promised never to deny to those that ask and importunately seek and beg it of thee 59. I thought on my ways and turned my feet unto thy testimonies Paraphrase 59. But neither have I contented my self with my bare prayers for strength and grace I have set to my part in a diligent examination of my past sins and a carefull watch over my future actions and so have forsaken my old ways and diligently pursued that course which thou hast prescribed me 60. I made haste and delayed not to keep thy commandments Paraphrase 60. And to this end I did immediately set out I made no one minutes stay in so necessary a pursuit as knowing that the longer I should dally the more unlikely I should be ever to perform so great a journey 61. The bands of the wicked have robbed me but I have not forgotten thy law Paraphrase 61. In my course I have oft met with disturbances the assaults and injuries of wicked men but these how sharp soever they were have been but exercises of my patience have not provoked me to doe any thing but what best becometh thy servant 62. At midnight I will rise to give thanks unto thee because of thy righteous judgments Paraphrase 62. This and the many other benefits and advantages of thy Law and my obedience to it are such as I am bound to acknowledge all the days of my life and even to interrupt my lawfull sleep and repose to find frequent vacancies for so necessary a duty of lauding and magnifying thy mercy 63. I am a companion of all them that fear thee and of them that keep thy precepts Paraphrase 63. And for my days exercise I endeavour to associate my self with all those that serve and obey thee conscientiously by that society to excite one another and to attain to some proficiency in so good a work 64. The earth O Lord is full of thy mercy teach me thy statutes Paraphrase 64. O Lord thy goodness and mercy and grace is abundantly poured out upon the men in the world O let me enjoy a special degree of it for the sanctifying my soul
faithfull servant 142. Thy righteousness is an everlasting righteousness and thy law is the truth Paraphrase 142. The things which thou commandest are of eternal truth and goodness no time shall ever come that the Law which thou hast given to mankind to guide their actions by that of loving of God above all and our neighbours as our selves shall be out-dated or unseasonable 143. Trouble and anguish have taken hold on me but thy commandments are my delight 144. The righteousness of thy testimonies is everlasting give me understanding and I shall live Paraphrase 143 144. And this eternal justice of thy precepts as it is matter of infinite advantage in many other respects so is it more especially in this that it yields the greatest joy and comfort in time of afflictions through the conscience of duty and the chearfull reflexions on afflicted innocency And if God grant a man that grace of regulating his actions according to that divine rule 't is not then in the power of the world to make him miserable KOPH 145. I cried with my whole heart hear me O Lord I will keep thy statutes 146. I cried unto thee save me and I shall keep thy testimonies Paraphrase 145 146. Lord in my distresses have I called and invoked thee addrest my self to thee for thy seasonable rescue and deliverance grant it me now I beseech thee and I will faithfully return thee the sincere obedience of my whole life 147. I prevented the dawning of the morning and cried I hoped in thy word 148. Mine eyes prevent the night-watches that I might meditate in thy word Paraphrase 147 148. The comfort and repose that I take in meditating on thy word and the hope that at length thou wilt hear my prayers is such that I come to this double exercise with the greatest appetite get up early in the morning and all the day long entertain my self most delightfully therein 149. Hear my voice according to thy loving kindness O Lord quicken me according to thy judgment 150. They draw nigh that follow after mischief they are far from thy Law Paraphrase 149 150. O Lord my enemies are maliciously resolved against me they forsake thee and contrary to all justice approach and endeavour to mischief me O be thou pleased to confirm thy wonted goodness toward me and of thy mercy rescue me out of their hands 151. Thou art near O Lord and all thy commandments are true 152. Concerning thy testimonies I have known of old that thou hast founded them for ever Paraphrase 151 152. But they cannot be so near to mischief me as thou O Lord art nigh and ready for my defence and support Thou art made up of mercy and fidelity thy promises and decrees of caring for those that adhere to thee are most firm constant and immutable This I am not now to learn I have always since I knew any thing of thee resolved of the truth of it RESH 153. Consider mine affliction and deliver me for I do not forget thy Law 154. Plead my cause and deliver me quicken me according to thy word Paraphrase 153 154. Lord my pressures and enemies are great but my trust is constantly reposed in thee that thou wilt be the friend and advocate of the afflicted as thou hast promised thou wilt O be thou now pleased to make good this mercy to me and raise me out of this desolate condition 155. Salvation is far from the wicked for they seek not thy statutes 156. Great are thy tender mercies O Lord quicken me according to thy judgments Paraphrase 155 156. In this estate I am sure to have no relief from wicked men but on the contrary all accumulations and increase of misery they delight in that more than in any works of justice or mercy But the less I have to expect from men the more I am confident to receive from God whose mercies are beyond the proportion of their cruelties O be thou now pleased to bestow this thy promised seasonable relief upon me 157. Many are my persecuters and mine enemies yet do I not decline from thy testimonies 158. I beheld the transgressours and was grieved because they keep not thy word Paraphrase 157 158. Though my enemies daily increase in number and malice yet shall they not be able to prevail to weary me out of my constancy affiance and obedience to thee All the passion they shall excite in me is that of excessive trouble and sorrow to see men so desperately and obstinately oppugne and disobey the commands of God 159. Consider how I love thy precepts quicken me O Lord according to thy loving kindness 160. Thy word is true from the beginning and every one of thy righteous judgments endureth for ever Paraphrase 159 160. Lord I appeal to thee whether my obedience to thy commands have not been sincere and such as to which thou hast promised thy mercies O then be pleased to bestow them on me For of this I am sure that thy promises are most constantly performed They are faithfull and of eternal truth and never fail any that are qualified to receive them SCHIN 161. Princes have persecuted me without a cause but my heart standeth in awe of thy word Paraphrase 161. 'T is not the power or malice of the world though exercised never so virulently and causelessly against me which shall any way provoke me to forsake my obedience to thee 162. I rejoyce at thy word as one that findeth great spoil Paraphrase 162. But on the contrary my adherence to thee and the comforts which thy Law and the promises annext to it afford me are matter of as great rejoycing and triumph and exultation to me as the richest and most gainfull victory could be to any worldly man 163. I hate and abhor lying but thy Law do I love Paraphrase 163. The false deceitfull practices of ungodly men whereby they advance their interests are most degenerous and unworthy of any ingenuous man I cannot but detest and have an aversion to them whereas the ways which are prescribed by God of adherence to him in the practice of all works of justice and charity are most amiable and eligible 164. Seven times a day do I praise thee because of thy righteous judgments Paraphrase 164. I can never admire and magnifie sufficiently the divine excellency of God's most righteous Law If I had nothing but that to make matter of my lauds I would think my self obliged every day seven set times to make my solemn addresses to God to praise his blessed name and offer up my prayers to him 165. Great peace have they which love thy Law and nothing shall offend them Paraphrase 165. There is no such prosperity and felicity in this world as that of those who take delight in the commands of God and the practice of all duty They shall be in no danger of any of those snares and temptations which the world is full of and which frequently bring other men to
life for evermore in the end of the verse If that may be allowed then the clear way of understanding this passage is either to sever and reade by it self 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as the dew of Hermon i. e. as the dew that lies thick and numerous on the hill called Hermon and then again to repeat as the dew which fell on the hills of Zion or else joyning them together to reade by apposition 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that descends or falls i. e. as the dew that falls upon the hills of Zion Thus 't is certain that as the dew falls on Hermon so it falls on the hills of Zion yea and at the same time and though not the same individual drops yet the same specifical dew with the same blessing refreshing quality and in the like plenty on the one and on the other And therefore though the literal rendring of the Hebrew be As the dew of Hermon which fell on the hills of Zion yet our English to avoid the mistake to which those words are subject have not done amiss to make that supply as of an Ellipsis adding and as the dew above what is in the Original without which addition yet the words may very intelligibly be rendred As the dew of Hermon which dew falls on the hills of Zion so they be taken in this sense which we have here exprest the dew which lies in great abundance on Hermon and yet falls in the like plenty on hills very distant those of Zion also Or if we desire to make the resemblance and correspondence between the oyntment and the dew more compleat it may be observed that Hermon called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from its high top still covered with snow was one of the greatest land-marks of Palestine Now of such hills we know that the mist or dew of them is rain in lower places there being no more ordinary indication of future rain in all countreys than when the high hills are capt with a cloud of dew And so to say this dew of Hermon or that first formature of rain which was on the top of that but as a dew should after fall in showers of rain on the adjacent countrey will be very intelligible And then for the choice of Zion for the other term on which the rain is here supposed to fall there is this reason of analogy that the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which we render skirts of Aaron's garment is by Kimchi and Jarchi affirmed to be the upper part the collar of his garment it being neither usefull nor convenient nor consequently probable that the anointing should be so liberal as to run over all his cloaths and then Zion by being thus lower than Hermon will bear a fit analogy with that The Hundred and Thirty Fourth PSALM A Song of Degrees The hundred thirty fourth is the incouraging the Priests in their constant offices in the publick worship and praising of God in the Sanctuary and is the last of those which were accommodated to the return from the Captivity 1. BEhold bless ye the Lord all ye servants of the Lord which by night stand in the house of the Lord. Paraphrase 1. Now is God in an eminent manner to be blessed and praised for all his mercies that especially of giving liberty for the continual offices of the Temple of which we were so long deprived and to which being now restored all that attend that service by day and night the Priests in their courses are obliged most diligently to perform it and affectionately and devoutly to magnifie his holy name 2. Lift up your hands in the Sanctuary and praise the Lord. Paraphrase 2. Remembring always that the ceremony of washing which is constantly observed herein is an Emblem of the gre●● sanctity of lives that is required of those that thus wait on the Altar that offer up any sacrifice to God especially that of praise and thanksgiving and that therefore they are most nearly concerned to be thus qualified whensoever they come to officiate 3. The Lord that made heaven and earth bless thee out of Zion Paraphrase 3. And the great omnipotent Creatour and Governour of the whole world that hath his peculiar blessing residence in mount Zion thence to hear and grant the petitions that are made unto him there bless and prosper receive and graciously answer all the requests which his people shall there at any time address unto him Annotations on Psal CXXXIV V. 1. Stand 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ye that stand seems here to have a critical notation for Aben Ezra observes that the high priest onely sat in the Temple the rest ever stood which seems to have been imitated in the primitive Christian Church that the Bishop should sit and the inferiour Clergy stand V. 2. In the Sanctuary The Hebrew 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifying holiness as well as the holy place the Temple or Sanctuary may here be taken in the former sense the latter having been sufficiently exprest v. 1. by the house of the Lord to which also the LXXII adds there above the Hebrew 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the courts of the house of the Lord For the Priests which are here spoken to before their officiating which is here exprest by lifting up their hands were obliged to wash their hands and that washing is styled 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sanctification see note on Joh. 13. b. and on Psal 26. d. And to this refers the lifting up holy hands 1 Tim. 2.8 the bringing this purity to our officer of devotion Of the Priest we reade in Joma c. 3. § 3. that the High Priest on the day of Expiation washes five 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and ten 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sanctifications i. e. five washings of his whole body and ten washings of his hands and feet And so here lifting up the hands 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in or with holiness or sanctification will be the lifting up these holy hands qualifying themselves thus for the discharge of their office which was signified by their washing before their officiating The LXXII indeed reade 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the sanctuary but the Syriack 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 either to holiness as their Latin reade ad sanctitatem or to the sanctuary and so the Jewish Arab but the Chaldee to secure this sense reads 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in or with holiness to the holy place The Hundred and Thirty Fifth PSALM Praise ye the Lord. The hundred thirty fifth is a Psalm of thanksgiving to God for all his mercies and deliverances afforded to his people and was intituled Hallelujah see note a. on Psal 106. 1. PRaise ye the name of the Lord praise him O ye servants of the Lord 2. Ye that stand in the house of the Lord in the courts of the house of our God 3. Praise ye the Lord for the Lord is good sing praises unto his name for it is pleasant
Chaldee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the beginning and so the LXXII 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the beginning of my mirth And 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I will lift up or advance Jerusalem in the beginning of my mirth is to make that the prime or chief ingredient in their rejoycing the principal subject of their hymns V. 8. Art to be destroyed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to lay waste or destroy in Paül instead of Poel which is frequent may be rendred vastatrix destroyer So the Chaldee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the waster or spoiler and so the Syriack in the same word Onely the LXXII reads 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which as it signifies miserable so it signifies vile and wicked also and so even the Hebrew if taken in the passive will be but answerable to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 perditus wretched wicked and so fit to be destroyed The Jewish Arab reads O thou spoiled and so 't is agreeable to the custom of the Eastern people by way of omen or presage to put with the name of a city an Epithet of Preserved or guarded if they wish well to it and so 't is proportionable it should be in the contrary signification if they wish ill to it to speak of that as done which they wish to be done The Hundred and Thirty Eighth PSALM A Psalm of David The hundred Thirty eighth is a Psalm of Thanksgiving to God for his mercies his gracious audiences afforded to the prayers of his lowly servants his powerfull deliverances of them most admirable in the sight of their heathen enemies And being first composed by David is said by the LXXII to have been made use of by Haggee and Zachary at the re building of the Temple 1. I Will praise thee with my whole heart before the Gods will I sing praise unto thee 2. I will worship toward thy holy Temple and praise thy name for thy loving kindness and for thy truth for thou hast magnified thy word above all thy name Paraphrase 1 2. Blessed Lord thou hast been exceeding gracious to thy servants and never failed to answer them that rely on thee thy mercies and fidelity are much spoken of thou art known by this title of mercifull and gracious and one that never fails to perform his part of the Covenant with any But thou hast infinitely exceeded all that is or can be either said or believed of thee thou hast made us admirable divine promises that especially of giving us thy Son and in him all things and wilt certain●y perform them all to the utmost importance of them And now what return shall we make unto thee for all this having nothing else we must in all equity pay thee the humblest acknowledgments of our very souls and in thy publick assembly in the presence of the holy Angels the witnesses of our performances and assistants and partners of our praises bless and laud and magnifie thy glorious name for all thine abundant mercy toward us 3. In the day when I cried thou answeredst me and strengthenedst me with strength in my soul Paraphrase 3. Whensoever I have addrest by prayer to thee thou hast never failed to answer me and relieve me which together with thine own free promise gives me full confidence to beg and crave thy grace to strengthen and support my soul against whatsoever danger and to rest secure in thee that thou wilt grant it me 4. All the Kings of the earth shall praise thee O Lord when they hear the words of thy mouth 5. Yea they shall sing in the ways of the Lord for great is the glory of the Lord. Paraphrase 4 5. These magnificent promises of thine v. 2. shall be proclaimed and made known thy Gospel preached to all the world and thereby the greatest potentates on earth they and their kingdoms with them shall at length be brought in to worship and serve and glorifie thee and in so doing never give over singing and praising and magnifying thy great and gracious and glorious works of mercy those wonderfull dispensations of thine in the gift of thy Son and that gracious divine Law given us by him 6. Though the Lord be high yet hath he respect unto the lowly but the proud he knoweth afar off Paraphrase 6. The sum whereof is this that as the supreme God of heaven hath humbled himself to this earth and flesh of ours so he will favourably behold and deal with all lowly humbled penitent sinners but proceed most severely with all proud obdurate impenitents 7. Though I walk in the midst of trouble thou wilt revive me thou shalt stretch forth thine hand against the wrath of mine enemies and thy right hand shall save me 8. The Lord will perfect that which concerneth me thy mercy O Lord endureth for ever forsake not the works of thine own hands Paraphrase 7 8. And as for spiritual so for temporal mercies God will not fail to perform them also to his faithfull servants whatever their distresses be he will relieve or support them repel and subdue and repress their enemies and secure them by his immediate divine interposition if humane means do fail what they are not able and what indeed belongs not to them to doe for themselves he will most certainly perform in their stead having begun a work of mercy he will not leave it imperfect he will certainly go through with it Thus doth God abound in mercies of all sorts to all his humble faithfull servants Lord be thou thus graciously pleased to deal with me and with all thy poor helpless creatures which being made by thee have none other to fly to but they self Annotations on Psal CXXXVIII V. 1. Gods Of the notion of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 first for Angels then for Magistrates Judges Kings somewhat hath been said Note on Psal 82. b. Now to which of these it shall be applied in this place is not agreed among the ancient Interpreters The Chaldee reads 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Judges the Syriack 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Kings the Jewish Arab the Nobles but the LXXII and the Arabick and Aethiopick and Latin follow them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Angels And considering that in the next words v. 2. he mentions worshipping toward the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not temple if it were as the title directs composed by David but palace of holiness i. e. the Sanctuary where the Cherubims of glory representations of Angels shadowed the mercy-seat Heb. 9.5 and that in that house of God and house of prayer the Angels were present according to that of Saint Chrysostome 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thou singest and chantest with the angels and on this place 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I will strive to sing with the Angels contending with them in this holy strife and emulation who shall praise him loudest joyning in quire with the supernal powers 't is not improbable that this should be
hereafter 11. Quicken me O Lord for thy names sake for thy righteousness sake bring my soul out of trouble 12. And of thy mercy cut off mine enemies and destroy all them that afflict my soul for I am thy servant Paraphrase 11 12. And thus O Lord I trust thou wilt answer my requests restoring to me that chearfull and comfortable state of which these my sad distractions have deprived me Two ingagements thou hast to this the honour of thy Name which is concerned in thy protecting thy servants and suppliants and thine own gracious and mercifull disposition which inclines thee to relieve and assist those that most stand in need of it And the same goodness of thine and mercy to me as to one who am resolved for ever to continue thy constant servant doth oblige thee to take my part against these my malicious adversaries and accordingly thy power will certainly interpose and magnifie it self in their utter excision and destruction Annotations on Psal CXLIII V. 1. And in thy righteousness The Hebrew reads 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in thy righteousness without any Copula and neither the Chaldee nor LXXII think fit to supply it And this seems to be the truer rendring For taking 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 righteousness in the notion frequently exemplified of mercy or favour 't is an act of that in God viz. of divine mercy and grace to answer in faithfulness i. e. to perform his promise for the promise of God being free but yet conditional and so not due by any tenure or claim but that of his promise to be performed to any and not so also to any but him that performs the condition and our sins and frailties being such that we stand in need not onely of God's grace but also his mercy and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his moderation of strict right v. 2. his grace to qualifie us for a due performance of that condition and his mercy to make us capable of being accepted in the number of those who have performed the condition it follows that it must be an act of God's meer mercy and goodness to perform to any man that which he hath promised to his faithfull servants and so it must be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in God's righteousness or mercy that he answers the Psalmist 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in thy i. e. God's truth or faithfulness And this is most fully exprest by reading in thy righteousness without any copula or form of conjoyning it to faithfulness V. 3. Long dead What 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 here signifies is not clear The LXXII render it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as the dead of the age the Syriack 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for ever The Chaldee hath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as they that lie along see Psal 88.5 in or of that age What they mean by that style may perhaps be guest by other parts of their dialect The grave or sepulchre they usually style 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the house of the age as we ordinarily style it our long home So Isa 14.18 where from the Hebrew we render all of them lie in glory every one in his house the Chaldee reads 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the house of his age and this from the description of death Eccl. 12.5 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the house of his age which the Chaldee there render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the house of his sepulchre To this belongs the phrase Tob. 3.6 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 eternal place for the grave just answerable to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the house of the age for which the Hebrew of Paulus Fagius's edition for Munster's leaves it out hath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the house appointed for every one living So Ezek. 26.20 I will bring thee down with them that descend unto the pit 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the people of the age And the ground of the phrase is there exprest I will place thee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the infernal land 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the solitudes from the age i. e. in those infernal vast recesses whither from the beginning of the world all men have descended and there remained in condition of desolation though the number of them that are there be never so great In proportion to which dialect 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 will here be literally rendred as the dead of the age by the age meaning the place or state of the dead hades or scheol but according to sense as the dead in the grave the very same which Psal 88.5 is exprest by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they that lie in the grave V. 9. I flee unto thee to hide me So we paraphrastically render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The LXXII reade 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I have fled to thee as to a refuge The Chaldee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thy word have I set up for my redeemer The Radix 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies to hide and so in Piel as here it is Psal 32.5 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I have not hid Psal 44.15 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hath covered me and 69.7 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hath covered my face Accordingly the Inter●●ear render it ad te abscondi me to thee have I hid me The learned Val. Schindler supposes an Ellipsis thus to be supplied tibi revelavi quod homines celavi I have revealed to thee what I have concealed from men so Kimchi to thee alone have I cried or made my petition in secret viz. not revealing his case to men as not hoping in them for help And if this notion for hiding must be reteined as 't is in all other places wherein 't is used in the Bible and so generally and constantly rendred by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the like then the rendring must be to or at thee I have hid my self as those things which we are afraid to lose we hide in a sure place and thus it is all one with depositing in God's hands So the Jewish Arab With thee have I sought to be hid or for an hiding place or refuge So Abu Walid To thee have I fled for refuge and with thee sought for an hiding place making it contrary to Isa 57.8 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which the Interlinear renders quia à me discooperuisti ascendisti and our English thou hast discovered thy self to another than me and art gone up But 't is not unusual with Hebrew words to enlarge their significations and so it is reasonable to believe though it cannot be demonstrated from any other place of the Bible that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to hide may in Piel signifie to fly unto as a refuge because such 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 refuges are either really or metaphorically hiding places And then the LXXII their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I have fled will be a literal rendring of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and so the Latin confugi V. 10. Land of uprightness
patience of burthens though that as this do thus originally signifie and though with us the lading be in a cart yet we use to say the oxen are heavy laden The phrase that here follows in this matter of oxen 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not breaking in and not going out is not improbably to express the safety of their herds not onely from straying but as in time of war from invaders and abactors whose breaking in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 breaking down or fall of the partition or wall or sept say the LXXII is attended with the cattels 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 passing through or going out and then follows 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 clamour vociferation 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 cry say the LXXII The same word they use Isa 5.7 to render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which is there opposed to righteousness whether in the notion of justice or mercy and is the consequent of oppression and so it may be here fitly used to express hostile oppressions and invasions But the phrase may be also applied that among their cattel none maketh abortion 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 never a breaker out so Pharez came by his name Gen. 38.29 How hast thou broken forth this breach be upon thee therefore his name was called Pharez 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 also hath a peculiar notion in relation to the birth of children But that being the regular birth it is not so well appliable to this place unless by the figure 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 we thus read no eruption and no going out i. e. no violent going out for then that is clearly no abortion Kimchi observes of these three verses 12 13 14. that there is mention of all those three blessings of the Womb of the Earth and of Cattel set down Deut. 28.4 The last word of the verse 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 we render in our streets so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies Gen. 19.2 as the street is opposed to an house or covert from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 broad or large But our English street hath a particular relation to a town or village or city and so it seems not so proper to this place where being applied to oxen it will signifie in reason the place where they lie and feed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the LXXII duly reade in their stabula whether fields or closes where they are kept Or if in that verse it may retein the notion of street being applied to the men who are thus opprest and may bemoan their losses in the field by their complaints in the city see Mar. 5.14 yet this will not be applicable to v. 13. where the same word being used 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 we render it in like manner in our streets but being applied to sheep must signifie their folds or pastures where they lie and bring forth which though it be abroad without doors that is all that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 imports from the literal notion of which the LXXII there have their rendring 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the Latin in egressibus suis in their goings out yet they are safe there and multiply exceedingly The Jewish Grammarians Abu Walid and Kimchi assign not to the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 any more particular signification than of broad-places which may then be as well back-sides as we ordinarily call such yards as are about the house in which cattel are kept or the like places as well as streets And the word which the Jewish Arab uses may be rendred fields The Hundred and Forty Fifth PSALM David's Psalm of Praise The hundred forty fifth is a form of solemn Thanksgiving to God descanting on all his glorious attributes It was composed by David and is one of those wherein every verse begins with a several letter of the Hebrew Alphabet 1. I Will extol thee my God my King and I will bless thy name for ever and ever 2. Every day will I bless thee and I will praise thy name for ever and ever Paraphrase 1 2. The Lord of heaven is my onely God and King a gracious Father and a vigilant guide and conductor of me in all my ways I am infinitely obliged to praise and magnifie his holy name and never to intermit that office till I come to heaven there to sing continual Hosannahs and Hallelujahs to him 3. Great is the Lord and greatly to be praised and his greatness is unsearchable Paraphrase 3. He is a God of a vast unfathomable power and dignity his excellencies and the effluxions thereof toward us not to be traced or measured by humane faculties But the less they are comprehended the more are they to be admired and adored and magnified by us 4. One generation shall praise thy works to another and shall declare thy mighty acts Paraphrase 4. Every age of the world and person that lives in that age hath new and fresh experience of the goodness and power of God in his gracious and glorious disposals every where illustriously discernible and so every age is obliged to make their acknowledgments to record to posterity and so to incite and call up all that live after them to the diligent and devout and vigorous performance of this duty 5. I will speak of the glorious honour of thy majesty and of thy wondrous works Paraphrase 5. Whether I consider the infinite incomprehensible beauty and splendour of his divine essence and attributes or the most admirable operations and productions thereof in the framing and governing of the world there is matter of all praise and thanksgiving to me and to every other man living 6. And men shall speak of the might of thy terrible acts and I will declare thy greatness Paraphrase 6. And accordingly both they and I even all of us with united hearts and voices will proclaim and promulgate the wonderfull and admirable acts of his power and glory 7. They shall abundantly utter the memory of thy great goodness and sing of thy righteousness Paraphrase 7. And therein most peculiarly shall we count our selves obliged to magnifie and recount with the most exuberant joy the dispensations of his most abundant graces and mercies toward us especially that towards our souls These flow every minute from him as from an inexhaustible fountain and abyss of goodness O let our hearts learn of those fountains continually to pour forth at our mouths the praises that are proportionably due to him 8. The Lord is gracious and full of compassion slow to anger and of great mercy 9. The Lord is good to all and his tender mercies are over all his works Paraphrase 8 9. 'T is the title by which he was pleased to make known and proclaim himself to his people Exod. 34.6 The Lord the Lord God mercifull very forward and willing to pardon repentant sinners and not denying them that grace or proceeding in judgment against them till he be provoked to it by great ingratitude and obdurations and this mercy of his is not inclosed to
shall have a far distant fate from that which belongs to the righteous 6. For the Lord knoweth the way of the righteous but the way of the ungodly shall perish Paraphrase 6. For the Lord sees and beholds with mercy and according to the gracious tenour of the Evangelical Covenant approves and finally rewards all the good purposes and performances of the godly his humble obedient penitent faithful servants but for others such as go on impenitently and unreformed on whom all his wise and compassionate and powerful methods have yet wrought no change they shall all be severely adjudged by him The course of sin wherein now they go on presumptuously and obstinately doth at the present most directly tend and shall at the last most certainly bring them to eternal irremediable destruction And all his long-suffering and abundant mercy shall not then stand them in any stead to put off or abate their torments Annotations on Psal I. V. 1. Counsel The Hebrew 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 consuluit advising or asking counsel vulgarly signifies the result of the Consultation the way whether good or bad which is taken up on that deliberation and agreeably the Syriack renders it here 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the way the Arabick the Sentence or resolution or determination consequent to the consultation In this notion we find it Psal xiv 6 The counsel of the poor i. e. the way and course viz. of piety which he adheres to and Psal cvi 13 Gods counsel is to be interpreted by his works preceding in that Verse viz. that which he purposed to do for them as Psal cvii. 11 it must receive its signification from the context which mentions not works but words there and so notes the precepts or commands of God and accordingly this same word is once rendred 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 work Job xxi 16 and once 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 way or course of life which any man takes to good or bad Psal lxxxi 12 And so it must needs signifie here that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 walking may agree with it which noteth the following or going on in any course that others have traced before us V. 1. Seat Hebrew 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sedit literally denotes sitting and so must be rendred 1 King x. 5 and 2 Chron. ix 4 the sitting of his servants and Psal cxxxix 2 my down-sitting and so Lam. iii. 63 where yet the Greek have 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 seat or chair or place of sitting as here and in most other places And if that be the acception of the word here then it notes the quiet repose and security and presumption of the sinner without any regrets or disturbances in his course or yet further as a chair is a seat of dignity in a School or Synagogue or Sanhedrim a teaching or instructing of others in the course as a Doctor or Professor of impiety Beside this it signifies also an assembly or consessus so called because many meeting together in consultation the posture of sitting is there generally used as most commodious So Psal cvii. 32 we fitly render it the assembly of the Elders And thus the interlinear here read in consessu in the assembly and the Chaldee Paraphrase 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the society or congregation for so that Noun signifies among them and is by some Learned men thought to signifie in that one place where it is used in the Bible Psal lv 9 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ventiu congregationis a whirlwind or associated wind and then it must note associating with this sort of Atheistical Scoffers and so the Arabick evidently understood it rendring it without any mention of chair or seat and hath not sate with the scorners These two senses of the word having so reasonable pretensions to it I have therefore retained both of them in the Paraphrase thereby to secure the Reader of the full importance of it V. 3. Rivers 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 divisit literally signifies divisions and may refer to the customs of conveying water to orchards or gardens A mention of it we have in Deut. xi 10 where of the land of Aegypt 't is said Thou wateredst it with thy foot as a garden of herbs where the vulgar reads by way of Paraphrase in bortorum morem aquae ducuntur irriguae after the manner of Gardens the Syriack adds which want watering the waters are lead or brought to water it or literally by thy foot i. e. by digging the work of the foot thou broughtest water in trenches for the watering of it For thus in Aegypt where they wanted rain they did to all quarters distribute the overflowings of Nilus by cutting of trenches or ditches called commata and diacopi saith Hieron Magius i. e. cuts or divisions here To this custom and use of the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 we have a reference Prov. xxi 1 The Kings heart is in the hands of the Lord we read as the rivers of waters the interlinear hath pelagi the Hebrew 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 retained giving us farther to observe that the Greek and Latine 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and Pelagus used for the Sea hath this origination the LXXII have 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 streams but the vulgar literally divisions divisions of waters i. e. as the waters that the Gardiners bring by cutts either from springs or rivers to their gardens are by them lead at pleasure backward or forward this way or that way diverted or stopt or applied in a greater or less plenty to this or that tree as they direct it so is the heart of the King in Gods disposal and accordingly it follows he turneth it whither he will And this acceptation of the word is most commodious for this place also speaking of a fruit tree that flourisheth exceedingly for such are said to be planted in a watered garden Isai lviii 11 and so are fat as there it is said likely to become very fruitful by that means And to that incline the LXXII reading 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the Arabick and Aethiopick and Vulgar Latine all to the same sense decursus the passages or runnings along of the waters V. 3. Wither 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 aruit growing dry or withering may literally thus be rendred But almost all the ancient Interpreters and Paraphrasts render it by the notion of falling the Targum and so the Syriack 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shall not fall and so Isai i. 30 xxxiv 4 xl 7 and the interlinear non decidet the vulgar non defluunt the LXXII 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 all so concordant in the same sense of falling that learned men think they either read or had an eye to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 cecidit But the decision is more clear from the the Vulgar metonymy of the cause or antecedent being set to note
hope that I shall never be finally forsaken by him cast down by the enemy or devested of that dignity to which my God hath invested me 9. Therefore my heart is glad and my glory rejoyceth my flesh also shall rest in hope Paraphrase 9. This is full matter of joy to my heart and of boasting to my tongue and of all kind of assurance to every part of me 10. For thou wilt not leave my soul in hell neither wilt thou suffer thine holy one to see corruption Paraphrase 10. For thy promises to me are firm and oblige thee not to forsake me so as that I shall be either killed by Saul or opprest finally by him or any other Thou hast designed me to be King and therein favoured me exceedingly see note on Psal 4. d. and all the malice of men though they bring me never so low shall not finally prevail against me And this having a first literal but lower completion in Davids person was more fully and ultimately to be for●ified in the son of David the eternal Word of God the Messias of the World who in the dayes of his flesh though he were crucified by the Jews should yet by the power of his eternal God head be raised again from the dead and that within the compass of three days before his body should naturally tend to corruption See Act. 2. ●0 and xiii ●5 11. Thou wilt shew me the path of life in thy presence is fulness of joy at thy right hand there are pleasures for evermore Paraphrase 11. Thou shalt protect me and keep me alive from the malicious designs and machinations of mine enemies and refresh and comfort me abundantly with thy favour and love and special care of me and by continuing me in that Throne whereto thou hast advanced me give me continual matter of rejoycing And this was most eminently completed also in Christ when by the power of his Father he was more then preserved from death rescued from it when he was ●nder it raised from death to life and exalted in great triumph to his everlasting kingdom in heaven and so applied Acts 2.28 Annotations on Psal XVI Tit. Michtam From 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signare notare insculpere to seal to note or ingrave is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 any pretious thing either such as for securing of it is sealed up as a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or for preserving it from forgetfulness is ingraven in Marble c. Hence it is that the Targum renders it ●here 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a right Sculpture 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from the Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to engrave and the LXXII 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 an inscription on a Pillar not reading it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as some conjecture from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 scripsit to write but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 insculpsit to ingrave to denote it a Psalm fit to be ingraven for everlasting memory 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 on an eminent Pillar saith Apollinarius to be written in golden letters as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 also signifies the finest gold Psalm 45.9 and preserved in our hearts for ever And this especially as containing a signal prophecy of the resurrection of Christ recited from hence Acts 2.25 26 27. three verses cited from this Psalm v. 8 9 10. and again Acts 13.35 As when Job delivers that notable speech applyed by the antients generally to the Resurrection though as this here capable of a first interpretation which was to be verified in his own person in raising him from his present calamitou● estate I know that my Redeemer liveth and that I shall stand in the la●ter day upon the earth he introduceth it in this form Oh that they were printed in a Book that they were graven with an iron pen and lead i. e. the Sculpture filled up with lead that the letters might continue the longer legible in the rock or s●nt or hard stone marble or other the most durable matter for ever which is just the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the inscribing on a Pillar here in order to the preservation and special observation of such speeches which had their farther completion to be expected in Christ over and above what belonged to them in relation to the present condition of the speakers V. 2. O my soul Where the Hebrew copies read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thou hast said in the feminine and the Chaldee paraphrase 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thou my soul hast said 't is evident the LXXII and Syriack and Latine and Arabick and Aethiopick read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the first person I have said for so they render it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Dixi Domino I have said unto the Lord. V. 2. My goodness There is difficulty in this phrase 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The literal rendring is My goodness in no wise to or with thee which the LXXII and so the Latine Arabick and Aethiopick render paraphrastically 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thou hast no need of my good things But the Chaldee read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 my goodness is not given but from thee and the Syriack more simply my good is from thee In which readings either the negative particle seems to be omitted for so the Syriack reads it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 c. and my good from without any or else to be doubled for so 't is in the Chaldee and that is all one as if it were omitted the two negatives or non nisi being all one with the bare affirmative In this variety the safest way of reconciling the interpretations is to suppose them on all sides to be rather paraphrastical explications than literal rendrings The LXXII by reading thou hast no need of my good things whether my good works or my liberalities thought to express the sense of my goodness not to or with thee i. e. tend not to thy avail or advantage are not prized by thee and the Chaldee and Syriack by another phrase seem to have meant the same thing My good is all from thee I am so far from meriting any thing of thee by any good works of mine that indeed those good works are not mine but thine only as flowing and being given to me by thee And both these together seem to make up the full sense my goodness or as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 critically signifies my liberality is so far from meriting from thee or being any considerable return unto thee that it is thy right and so a meer mercy received from thee V. 3. But to the Saints The difficulties of this third verse may best be removed by observing the dependance of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the Saints on what preceded v. 2. That began with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I said or thou my soul hast said unto the Lord with which fairly connects 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the Saints i. e.
The three former are such as belong to men peculiarly rendred by the LXXII 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 talk and words and voices and though the last be ordinarily used for thunder yet taking it by analogy with the other two for an humane voice it may truly be said that the heavens have none of these But two other things there are which are fully equivalent if not superior to these and those do eminently belong to them What 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 here signifies is a matter of some doubt It ordinarily denotes a line such as being joyned with a plumbet marks out any thing in architecture shews and directs what to do how to square the timber c. as well as words could do From hence also 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in Abenezra is found to signifie book-learning as when children learn one line after another And thus it may here be understood that the heavens direct men to the knowledge of God as evidently as a line directs the workman in architecture or again that the heavens are as it were the book to that they are compared Rev. 6.14 wherein God may be read by all the world and so the lines of that book or volume are the indications of a Deity that may there be read But beside this the word is in Arabick found to signifie vociferation or crying aloud see Mr. Pocock Miscel c. 4. p. 48. and to this the LXXII refer reading it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a loud voice which is more than 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 voice by which they render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the former verse and generally in other places which is an evident proof that the LXXII did not here for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as it is ordinarily imagined for then in all reason they must have rendred it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 voices as in the verse immediately precedent they had done As for Capellus's conjecture that they deduced 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which in Chaldee and Syriack signifies to declare and indeed is so used here v. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sheweth knowledge there is no need of that only it may make it more probable that this sense of declaring or shewing belong'd originally to this word by the near affinity of this other word that signifies the same Mean while it is certain that the Apostle citing this place reads it as the LXXII did 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their shril or loud voice which notion of the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 may therefore deserve here to be preferr'd before that other of line which belongs to it in other places and is without any metaphore very really competible to the heavens as they comprehend the aerial regions in reference to the loud sounds of thunders that oft come from thence and declare the power of God Then for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which is also attributed to the heavens that comes from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in Piel to say or speak but this frequently not by words but by any other significative expressions So Prov. 6.13 He winketh with his eyes he speaketh with his feet he teacheth with his fingers the Hebrew hath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 such language as it seems the feet have which the LXXII render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he signifies The same word signifies in Chaldee clamorem a cry or loud voice and so agrees also with the second notion of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for a loud voice And then we have the full and clear meaning of the place that though the heavens and firmament have neither speech nor words nor voice properly so called yet they have other ways of declaring and making known the attributes of God whereby they speak much louder than any speaker or teacher on earth can do This is literally true in respect of that loud noise and roaring of the thunder but much more so in respect of the wonderful order light influences c. of those heavenly bodies which so signally set out the power and wisdom of the Creator of them This being clearly the importance of the place the only remaining difficulty is how that which is thus spoken of the heavens and the loud voice and noise of them is applicable to the Apostles purpose to which it is cited Rom. 10.18 which is evidently to faith in Christ Christ v. 9. it being not obvious to discern how the thunder and other such language of the heavens do reveal or declare and preach that To this the answers may be 1. That as the faith of Christ is considered more generally for the acknowledgment of the one true God of heaven and earth in opposition to the gentile idolatry or moreover of the gratious goodness of God to men which we know was most illustriously revealed and sealed to us in Christ and so the belief of that is in effect the believing on Christ so this place of this Psalm directly belongs to it and accordingly such arguments as these are frequently used by the Apostles of Christ to induce that faith So Acts 14.16 17. God in times past suffered all nations to walk in their own ways nevertheless he left not himself without witness in that he did good and gave us rain from Heaven and fruitful seasons filling our hearts with food and gladness where it seems the rain and fruitful seasons were lookt on by the Apostle as testimonies and proofs not only of the Deity but also of the truth of that whole doctrine which now the Apostle was about to reveal to them and so no improper means of inducing this faith of Christ And so Rom. 1.20 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gods works or doings in the world are lookt on as competent means to convince men of the divine essence and attributes and to render all idol-worshippers unexcuseable And it is not altogether improbable that the same Apostle which had oft used this argument to inforce beliefe might in that Tenth to the Romans in passing touch on it speaking v. 12. of the no difference betwixt Jew and Gentile both of them having assurance that if they sincerely serve and worship the true God now revealed in and by Christ they shall be saved and all the question being how they shall now thus call on him without beliefe believe without a Preacher the answer is given in the words of those places of Scripture which testifie this knowledge or beliefe to have been abundantly preached or revealed to them And then why may not this be one inferiour testimony of this kind to prove that all sort of men Jews and Heathens have heard i. e. had a competent measure of this knowledge of Gods great goodness toward men revealed to them that the Psalmist speaking of the glory of God those glorious attributes of power mercy and wisdom which are to be adored in him and expressing
on his blessing or prospering hand And if the preposition 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in seem to resist this the account is obvious that the same is also prefixt before 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 name and indeed seems to be superfluous as oft it is in both places and then being left out in the rendring the latter part of the verse we will remember the name there is little reason it should be conceived to have any weight in the former part of it but either be rendred in all the three places or equally be omitted in all the three And then the sense will be clear some make mention of their chariots and some of their horses but we will make mention of the name of the Lord our God or some recount their chariots but we will recount the name of the Lord our God and thus the Jewish Arabick translator interprets it For 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 we will recount or remember the LXXII read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 we will be magnified or we will triumph the same word that they had used v. 6. in stead of lifting up banners which makes it the more probable that in both places they chose to paraphrase rather than render the Hebrew and did not mis-read the Hebrew as there it is thought but here it is not pretended The Latine use the like liberty and from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 another reading of the LXXII read invocabimus we will call upon the name of the Lord. But the Syriack Aethiopick and Arabick follow the LXXII in their former reading V. 9. Save Lord The rendring of this last verse is very uncertain among interpreters The Chaldee free from all ambiguity render it Lord save us O strong King receive our prayer and so the Syriack the Lord shall save us and our King shall hear us but both these add the Pronoun 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 us above what we read in the Hebrew The LXXII on the other side render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 O Lord save the King and hear us and the Latine Arabick and Aethiopick follow these and so Apollinarius 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 O eternal God save the King and hear when Here the LXXII adhere exactly to the Hebrew in the first part 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Lord save the King but in the second render it as if it were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the second person which they render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hear us whereas the Hebrew reads 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the third person let him hear us This Joseph Scaliger will have understood of King David himself by way of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 taking it for granted that as the people prayed to God for the King in the five first verses of the Psalm so the King answers them v. 6 7 8. and then that the people again in the beginning of the last verse wish or pray that the King may answer them as he had done in those three verses i. e. that he might be victorious and so be able to answer th●●● in that Eucharistical manner But there is neither need nor ground for this phansie For 1. the whole Psalm is equally sung by the People some part of it by way of prayer for the King particularly the rest for themselves going out to battel with him and so imbarkt in one common concernment And 2. if the former part be a prayer to God for the King as the whole precedent Psalm will inforce especially v. 1. The Lord hear thee then certainly the latter part must also concern God as the hearer of prayers his known peculiar stile and setting it as the Hebrew doth in the third person 't is most formally a prayer to God and as much so as if it were in the second as v. 1. The Lord hear thee in the third person is certainly a prayer to God to hear And for the transition from the second to the third person 't is very ordinary in Hebrew and the account of it may here be very reasonable that having prayed solemnly for David Lord save the King which sure our Liturgy hath from hence the whole congregation joyns in the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of confidence that their prayer shall be heard as in an Amen of which that is the full importance the Lord shall hear us when we call upon him And so this seems to be the undoubted meaning and rendring of the verse a prayer for the King in both parts in the one by name in the other comprehensively And that makes it more probable that the LXXII should by way of explication put both in the second person as fittest for the petitionary address than that they mis-read the Hebrew the sense of which they retain'd so perfectly From this form of acclamation to and prayer for the King and the like Psalm 118.25 is the Hosannah taken Mat. 21.9 being but a corruption of the Hebrew 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Save hear or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 save now or save I pray in that other Psalm See note a. on Mat. 21. The Twenty First PSALM TO the chief Musitian a Psalm of David Paraphrase The Twenty first Psalm was indited by David himself and committed to the Prefect of his Musick to be sung by the quire in the assembly of the people as a form of thanksgiving to God upon occasion of any victory over his and Gods enemies 1. The King shall joy in thy strength O Lord and in thy salvation how greatly shall he rejoyce Paraphrase 1. O blessed Lord thou hast gratiously interposed thy hand of power for our soveraign thine anointed thou hast delivered him out of all his dangers in this thy gratious and seasonable exhibition of thy self he hath all cause to rejoyce and triumph exceedingly This hath a more eminent completion in the Resurrection of the Messias 2. Thou hast given him his hearts desire and hast not with-holden the request of his lips Selah Paraphrase 2. Thou hast given him a most liberal return to all the most earnest requests that with tongue or heart he hath addrest to thee 3. For thou preventest him with the blessings of goodness thou settest a crown of pure gold on his head Paraphrase 3. Thou hast bestowed on him of thine own free bounty all sorts of the most valuable mercies thy special favour and all the effects thereof and as thou didst first advance him to the regal throne so hast thou now most eminently secured him in it and made his crown more illustrious his glory more conspicuous than ever 4. He asked life of thee and thou gavest it him even length of days for ever and ever Paraphrase 4. He besought thy defence that thou wouldst preserve his life and not suffer his enemies to prevail against it and thou hast heard him abundantly granted him a very long and peaceable and prosperous reign and by thy faithful promise secured the Crown to his
mercies and ascribing the glory to thee this also was fulfilled in Christ in the Apostles preaching his resurrection in all their assemblies and magnifying God for it See Acts 2.47 after this manner 23. Ye that fear the Lord praise him all ye the seed of Jacob glorifie him and fear him all ye the seed of Israel Paraphrase 23. O bless and praise the name of our gratious Lord all ye that profess to be his servants all ye whom he hath thus taken to himself to be his peculiar people and shewed such marvellous works of mercy among you let this be a perpetual obligation to you to magnifie him and perform all faithful obedience to him for ever Of this as it respects Christ see St. Peters Sermon Acts 3.26 24. For he hath not despised nor abhorred the affliction of the afflicted neither hath he hid his face from him but when he cryed unto him he heard Paraphrase 24. Because he is faithful and constantly ready to hear and answer the petitions of them that are brought to the lowest condition and instantly answers them with timely relief and never finally casts out or rejects their supplications How this was fulfilled in Christ see Heb. v. 7. 25. My praise shall be of thee in the great congregation I will pay my vows before them that fear him Paraphrase 25. From these gratious revelations of thy self unto me shall I fetch abundant matter of praise and thanksgiving when I come to thy holy assembly and there will I constantly offer those sacrifices which I now devote and consecrate unto thee that all thy faithful servants may joyn with me in this duty This had its completion in Christ in respect of the commemorative Eucharistical oblations offered up daily in the Church in remembrance of Christs death and resurrection 26. The meek shall eat and be satisfied they shall praise the Lord that seek him your heart shall live for ever Paraphrase 26. As remembring what certain returns thou makest to the prayers of the distressed supplyest all their wants givest them matter of thanksgiving whosoever make their addresses to thee and comfortest and revivest them with durable refreshments when their condition is most disconsolate and destitute This is also fulfilled in the Evangelizing and comforting of the poor humble Christian and in the Eucharistical spiritual food and the vital effects thereof of which Sacramentally and by faith they are made partakers 27. All the ends of the world shall remember and turn unto the Lord and all the kindreds of the nations shall worship before thee Paraphrase 27. These miracles of thy mercy shall be recounted through all the world and bring in many spiritual subjects to thy Kingdom to serve and adore thee This also was most eminently completed in the effects of the resurrection of Christ that mighty work of Gods power and mercy and fidelity when the Apostles preaching of it to all the world brought in such multitudes of proselytes to Christ 28. For the Kingdom is the Lords and he is the governor among the nations Paraphrase 28. Acknowledging that as the managery and sole government of all the nations of the world doth certainly belong to thee so all subjection and faithful uniform obedience is most due unto thee This also was an effect of the promulgation of the resurrection of Christ 29. All they that be fat on earth shall eat and worship all they that go down into the dust shall bow before him and none can keep alive his own soul 30. A seed shall serve him it shall be accounted to the Lord for a generation 31. They shall come and declare his righteousness unto a people that shall be born that he hath done this Paraphrase 29 30 31. And all this for the confirmation of all sorts of men in Gods service 1. Of those that enjoy prosperity in this world as knowing that they have received it from God 2. Of those that dye and live not themselves to see thy wonderful work yet shall their posterity behold and adore thee for it or all mortal men shall confess that all life and preservation and deliverance is from God and so they and their posterity shall betake themselves to thy service How this is fulfilled in Christ see note n. And so all successions of men shall declare to their follower● those that are not yet born to those that shall come after them how richly God hath performed all his promised mercies and how seasonably and miraculously at this time of greatest need he hath granted me his protection and deliverance Annotations on Psal XXII Tit. Aijeleth For the meaning of the title of this Psalm 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the LXXII may first be considered which render it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the Latine pro susceptione matutina for the morning help This is by the Learned Grotius thought to proceed from their reading the Hebrew otherwise than now we have it not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which v. 20. is by them rendred 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 help But that is a very remote conjecture the words having no affinity in sound or writing It is more probable that from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 robur strength which is made use of for the aid and relief of others as in that v. 20. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thou art my strength hasten unto my help they deduced the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and took it in the notion of relief and so render it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 help Upon this conceited notion of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 it is that Psal 107.17 where the Hebrew hath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 fools they transforming 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 fool into 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 robur do consequently render it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he helped them the Latine suscepit and the Syriack 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 helped or strengthened and then joyning 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the morning with it as denoting the hast or earliness of the help they render it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for morning or speedy or early help From this notion of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for strength the Chaldee also paraphrase it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 c. for a strong or powerful oblation perpetual for the morning perhaps from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a ramme such as were usually offered in sacrifice pitching on the notion of oblation But the notion which the antient fathers and from thence the interlinear and most modern translations have pitcht on is that of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 an hind so Prov. v. 19. in the form wherein here 't is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 an hind and so frequently 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 an hart or stagg Psal 42.2 Gen. 49.21 Psal 18.34 Cant. 2.7 And this beast being generally taken notice of for swiftness of foot as in that Psal 18.34 thou hast made my feet like binds feeds in respect
my glory may sing praise to thee and not be silent O Lord my God I will give thanks to thee for ever Paraphrase 12. And this obligeth me for ever with soul and tongue to give glory to God and never to think I have done enough in praising and magnifying his mercy This therefore shall be my continual practice O thou powerful God and to me a most gracious Father Annotations on Psal XXX Tit. Dedication The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is generally used in the Titles of Psalms to denote the Author to be David and so here may best be joyned in construction a Psalm of David Then 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 being joyn'd and made one word by Maccaph will be a dedicatory song All the difficulty is concerning 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the house For from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to initiate to instruct and by a metaphor to dedicate a house is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the initiation dedication either the consecration of an holy house or Temple or the dedication i. e. initiation or entring on a common house new built when the owner comes first to dwell in it For this was wont to be observed and celebrated as a day of solemnity and festivity so we see Deut. 20.5 care taken for him that hath built a new house and hath not dedicated it that he shall be permitted to return from the battel as he that hath betrothed a wife and not taken her or planted a vineyard and not eaten of the fruit of it custom among the Jews having made every one of these a solemn time of rejoycing When a man first eats in a new house say the Jews he makes a feast and rejoyceth himself And thus I suppose it was with David When he was quietly seated in the Kingdom of Israel as well as Judah and after his taking of Sion and dwelling in the fort and calling it the City of David and building round about from Millo and inward 2 Sam. 5.9 at length we read that Hiram King of Tyre sent Messengers to David and cedar trees and Carpenters and Masons and they built David an house v. 11. And this being finished this Psalm may reasonably be thought to have been fitted by him for a festivity at the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as the LXXII render it the dedication of his house Thus the succeeding Church of the Jews have made use of this thirtieth Psalm at the first injoyment of the fruits of the earth according to that festival manner prescribed Deut. 26.10 Maimonides tells us this Psalm was repeated by the Levites in the Court of the Sanctuary over those that brought their baskets on their shoulders And the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or dedication of an house was of the same kind in a solemn and religious manner of entring on the possession of it And 't is not impossible that such days might be kept yearly as the Natales of men and of cities were and then here will be place for the conjecture of those which apply this Dedicatory Psalm to Davids victorious return from the danger of Absaloms rebellion To this the m●ter of the Psalm fitly agrees see v. 1 2 3 5 〈◊〉 And the building of a Royal Palace having been the effect of his establishment in his Kingdom 2 Sam. 5. 't is not unlikely the festival remembrance of it should be in a special manner observed after such an interruption as this rebellion gave it The Chaldee indeed read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the house of the Sanctuary and to that the Emphasis in the Hebrew 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the house inclines as if David had built some such house as he designed 2 Sam. 7.2 But we know he was not permitted by God to do it v. 5. but the dignity was reserved for Solomon v. 13. Then indeed at the building of the Temple there was a feast and song of dedication Nay four such we find mentioned among the Jews the first at the building it by Solomon in Autumn 1 King 8.63 the second in the Spring at the re-edifying it by Zorobabel Ezra 6.16 the third of the Altar when Judas Maccabaeus repaired it after Antiochus's profanation in the Winter Joh. 10.22 and the fourth at Herods building the second Temple But this of Davids here cannot be thought by way of prophecy to respect that unless as Kimchi fansies taking order for the future building of the Temple 1 Chron. 28.9 and giving a model of it to Solomon he gave him also this Psalm for the dedicating it together with the silver and gold and brass and other materials for that sacred work This conjecture of his was not unfit here to be mentioned But the Psalm more probably belongs to his own house which he built new at his being peaceably setled in the Kingdom of Israel as well as Judah and as 't is probable celebrated with an Anniversary ever after V. 5. Moment From 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 subito motus est is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a moment but the LXXII read it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 anger either because that is a suddain commotion of the soul or else taking it for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 anger so the Syriack reads 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in his anger in the latter part of the verse meaning I suppose the effects of his anger chiding increpation as the Syriack 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is rendred or other such punishments for otherwise that there should be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 anger in his anger would have no great sense in it and yet thus hath the Latine rendred it ira in indignatione ejus V. 7. My mountain 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mountain is literally strength in or on my mountain referring possibly to Sion the hill of David since the time of the Arks being placed there For thus is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in both the notions both for praise and strength applyed to the Schechinah or presence of God in the Ark or Temple Psal 96.6 strength and beauty are in his Sanctuary and Psal 132.8 the Ark of thy strength And then the setting or establishing strength on that mountain may be the placing of the Ark there But the LXXII for mountain read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 beauty or comeliness either reading 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which signifies that or else from the affinity of these words both in sound and signification 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mountain and glory they thought fit to take in the sense of the one the more fully to paraphrase the other And thus if applyed only to Davids person the sense will bear being in the Hebrew figurative 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Thou hast set or establisht strength on my mountain but in the LXXII more clear 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 it should be I suppose 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉
Let not them that are mine enemies wrongfully rejoyce over me neither let them wink with the eye that hate me without a cause Paraphrase 19. O let not mine unjust causeless enemies have matter of rejoycing and scoffing at me as they will if thou leavest me in my distress 20. For they speak not peace but they devise deceitful matters against them that are quiet in the land Paraphrase 2● For instead of kindness and friendly usage which is due from them they design nothing but fraud and treachery against me who heartily desire to live most peaceably and quietly under Sauls Government 21. Yea they opened their mouth wide against me and said Aha Aha our eye hath seen it Paraphrase 21. And not only so but they have openly railed upon me as one that seeks his life and pretend to speak from their own fight and certain knowledge when they deliver that which is most far from truth 22. This thou hast seen O Lord keep not silence O Lord be not far from me Paraphrase 22. 'T is certain they have seen no such thing as they falsely pretend On the contrary thou O God who seest all things seest and knowest my innocency and the integrity of my heart Be thou pleased to testifie for me by delivering me from the evil which they designed against me 23. Stir up thy self and awake to my judgment even unto my cause my God and my Lord. 24. Judge me O Lord my God according to thy righteousness and let them not rejoyce over me Paraphrase 23 24. O thou that art my gracious God and powerful Lord be thou pleased at length to take part to defend and to vindicate my innocence to testifie thy approbation of my doings and seasonably to interpose thy hand for the relieving me and disappointing my enemies 25. Let them not say in their hearts Ah so would we have it let them not say We have swallowed him up Paraphrase 25. Preserve me out of their hands lest they applaud themselves in their actions their most wicked and bloody enterprises if they prove successful to them 26. Let them be ashamed and brought to confusion together that rejoyce at my hurt let them be cloathed with shame and dishonour that magnifie themselves against me Paraphrase 26. And thus I am confident thou wilt in thy due season disappoint and discomfit those that are most malitiously bent against me and most proudly triumph over me at this time 27. Let them shout for joy and be glad that favour my righteous cause Yea let them say continually Let the Lord be magnified which hath pleasure in the prosperity of his servant Paraphrase 27. And by so doing thou shalt give matter of joy and gladness to all that wish me well cause them to bless and magnifie thy goodness and fidelity of thy promises when they see me signally favoured by thee of whose sincerity and uprightness they have such assurance 28. My tongue shall speak of thy righteousness and of thy praise all the day long Paraphrase 28. As for me I shall by this thy mercy be obliged to promulgate and proclaim thy fidelity and the care thou hast of those that adhere to thee and for this to laud and bless thy name continually Annotations on Psalm XXXV V. 3. Stop It is uncertain what 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 here signifies The Chaldee reads 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shut in the Imperative mood and the LXXII 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shut up But if this be the right rendring and it be applyed to that which went before draw forth i. e. unsheath so the Chaldee read the lance or spear it must then be the direct contrary viz. shut it up again and to apply it to any thing else as our English applies it to the way and so supposes an ellipsis and then supplies it thus stop the way c. the context gives us no reason The Syriack reading for the lance the sword render unsheath and make it shine and that agrees well to it when it is drawn but hath no affinity to the notion of the Hebrew 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 occlusit coercuit The Arabick therefore reads repel them as from the notion of coercere to repress or repel But then they take no notice of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in occursum which follows and will not be reconciled with this rendring but without it read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 repel them that persecute me In this uncertainty the learned Schindlers observation deserves to be heeded that the accent Tiphcha joyns 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 lance praecedent in the construction and then being a substantive it must be taken for a sort of weapons and so it appears to signifie a sort of sword called from hence 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and ordinarily spoken of by Herodotus and other Historians among the Persians of which saith Hesychius 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 't is a little axe with one edge and Suidas 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 an axe used saith he without s. in Xenophon joyning 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Persian bow and quiver and sagari 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 such as the Amazons have adding that it signifies an instrument to open a vein 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hand-weapons To these acceptions of the word Hesychius and Phavorinus add 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a plough that part which cuts the earth and is like to the Persian acinaces or short swords scimitars And so this is by much the most probable meaning of the word and rendring of the place draw forth the lance and short sword 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in occursum to meet my persecuters To this agrees Kimchi both in his Comment and in his Dictionary making it a sort of weapon and so Abu Walid before him V. 4. Let them That 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 erubuit is in the future tense there can be no doubt and then the most regular rendring will be not let them but they shall blush and so in the rest that follow 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they shall be put to shame from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 pudore affecit And so the whole Psalm instead of so many forms of execration or imprecation against enemies shall be really no more than so many testimonies of his assured confidence that God that hath made him such sure promises will make them good to him in his preservation and that disappointment and discomfiture of his enemies And according to this measure all the other Psalms which seem to be filled with curses against his and Gods enemies ought to be understood and accordingly are explicated in the Paraphrase V. 7. Net in a pit 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is literally the pit of their snare 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 inclinavit signifying a pit very frequently though the LXXII here render
many shall see it and fear and shall trust in the Lord. Paraphrase 3. Thus hath he given me abundant matter of praise and thanksgiving unto his blessed name who hath thus magnified his mercy to me And this dealing of his with me may well allure all men to the consideration of it and thereby to the performing of all faithful obedience and placing their full trust and adherence on him 4. Blessed is the man that maketh the Lord his trust and respecteth not the proud nor such as turn aside to lies Paraphrase 4. There being no such happy man as he that relyes not on any wit or aid or strength of man but reposeth his full trust in God and on that security never applyes himself to the practises of atheistical insolent deceitful men in hope to gain any thing by such arts as these 5. Many O Lord my God are the wonderful works which thou hast done and thy thoughts which are to us-ward they cannot be reckoned up in order unto thee If I would declare and speak of them they are more than can be numbred Paraphrase 5. O thou God of power and fatherly goodness toward me thou hast abounded to me in thy rich mercies thy works and thy counsels of grace to us are wonderful and inexpressible I would fain make some acknowledgment thereof to thee but they surpass my arithmetick to recite much more to make a just valuation of them 6. Sacrifice and offering thou didst not desire mine eare hast thou opened Burnt-offering and sacrifice thou hast not required Paraphrase 6. Above all is that admirable work of thy mercy in giving the Messias In stead of the legal sacrifices of all sorts which were but shadows of this great evangelical mercy thou hast decreed that thine eternal Son shall assume our humane nature and therein abundantly fulfil all that which the sacrifices and oblations did faintly prefigure and thereby take away sin which the legal observances were not able to do 7. Then said I Lo I come in the volume of the Book it is written of me Paraphrase 7.8 At this coming of the Messias therefore the ordinances of Mosaical sacrifices shall be abolished and the eternal Son of God shall agree and contract with his Father to perform that perfect obedience to his laws and to offer up himself such a divine and spotless sacrifice for the sins of the whole world as shall most effectually tend to the working an expiation for sin and bringing men to the performance of holy sincere obedience to God thus visibly exemplified to them by Christ and consequently to salvation And upon this intuition he shall most gladly and with all delight and joy set about the whole will and counsel of God and go through the office assigned him very chearfully and heartily Another sense of the words as understood of David himself see in note d. 8. I delight to do thy will O my God yea thy law is within my heart 9. I have preach't righteousness in the great congregation loe I have not refrained my lips O Lord thou knowest Paraphrase 9. I will proclaim this and all other thy works of evangelical infinite mercy before all that acknowledge and profess thy service my tongue shall never be confined or silent in this matter any more than as thou knowest hitherto it hath been 10. I have not hid thy righteousness within my heart I have declared thy faithfulness and thy salvation I have not concealed thy righteousness and thy truth from the great congregation Paraphrase 10. This goodness of thine this performance of all thy rich promises this work of redemption and spiritual deliverance is too great to be meditated on in silence 't is fit to be proclaimed aloud to be promulgated to all men in the world 11. Withhold not thou thy tender mercies from me O Lord let thy loving-kindness and thy truth continually preserve me Paraphrase Be thou therefore pleased not to be confined or restrained in thy bowels toward me at this time but shew forth thy compassions to me Thou art good and gratious and faithfully performest all that thou ever promisest O let thy promised mercy be continually made good to me for my deliverance from all dangers 12. For innumerable evils have compassed me about mine iniquities have taken hold upon me that I am not able to look up they are more than the hairs of my head therefore my heart faileth me Paraphrase 12. And this most seasonably at this time now that I am surrounded with so many dangers now that the punishments which my sins have most justly deserved my multiplyed crying innumerable sins have so violently seized upon me cast me into a black and comfortless condition 13. Be pleased O Lord to deliver me O God make hast to help me Paraphrase 13. O blessed Lord let it be thy good pleasure to afford me speedy deliverance out of it 14. Let them be ashamed and confounded together that seek after my soul to destroy it let them be driven backward and put to shame that wish me evil Paraphrase 14. Let not them prosper and succeed in their attempts that design to take away my life or do me any other mischief but do thou please to discomfit and disappoint them all And this I am confident thou wilt do 15. Let them be desolate for a reward of their shame that say unto me Aha Aha Paraphrase 15. And reward their abominable actions with confusion and desolation that triumph over me in my distress and scoffe at my placing my affiance and trust in God 16. Let all those that seek thee rejoyce and be glad in thee Let such as love thy salvation say continually The Lord be magnified Paraphrase 16. By this means shall all pious men that place their trust in thee and depend onely on thy aids and rescue be incouraged for ever in their hopes and adherence on thee and praise and magnifie thy mercies and applaud thee for them 17. But I am poor and needy yet the Lord thinketh upon me Thou art my help and my deliverer make no tarrying O my God Paraphrase 17. How low soever my condition is my comfort is that God hath a fatherly care of me On thee O Lord is all my trust whether for deliverance or relief O defer not the interposition of thy hand but hasten speedily to my succour Annotations on Psal XL. V. 2. Horrible pit From 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 personnit is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 here a noise or loud sounding and being applied to a pit is a resounding pit or a pit of sounding it signifies the depth and watryness of it from the conjunction of which proceeds a profound noise or sound when a stone or any such thing is thrown into it Thus the Chaldee understand it rendring it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to make a tumultuous noise The LXXII read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉
and mercy will be his upholder he will smooth and soften all that befalls him and make it cheerfully supportable 4. I said Lord be merciful unto me heal my soul for I have sinned against thee Paraphrase 4. Upon this account I have all confidence to address my prayers to God in time of my distress This duty of mercifulness being one that as he prescribes so he eminently exemplifies to us by his own practice Luk. 6.36 To him therefore I make my address for mercy of the highest and most valuable sort his balsam to my wounded soul his free pardon for my sins which have justly deserved all the calamities that can fall upon me 5. Mine enemies speak evil of me When shall he dye and his name perish Paraphrase 5. My enemies are very malicious against me very industriously diligent to seek my ruine 6. And if he come to see me he speaketh vanity his heart gathereth iniquity to it self when he goeth abroad he telleth it Paraphrase 6. When they are in my presence they speak flatteringly and deceitfully meanwhile they plot and project mischief against me and discourse it abroad wherever they have opportunity 7. All that hate me whisper together against me against me do they devise my hurt Paraphrase 7. All mine enemies conspire together secretly and joyn their mischievous indeavours to do me what hurt they can 8. An evil disease say they cleaveth fast unto him and now that he lieth he shall rise up no more Paraphrase 8. They are confident their calumnies shall mischief me and that I shall never recover or deliver my self out of this pertinacious ruine which now they have by their slanders contriv'd against me 9. Yea mine own familiar friend in whom I trusted which did eat of my bread hath lift up his heel against me Paraphrase 9. And in this not only my known profest enemies have joyned against me but one particularly that profest the greatest kindness to me a servant in whom I reposed trust and that lived by my service Achitophel probably one of Davids Counsellors 2 Sam. 16.23 hath most insidiously and perfidiously set himself against me And herein was David a Type of Christ betrayed by his own Disciple that was in a special manner intrusted by him Joh. 13.19 10. But thou O Lord be mercifull unto me and raise me up that I may requite them Paraphrase 10. But do thou O Lord preserve me from their mischievous purposes restore me to my throne in safety and I shall chastise this their wickedness 11. By this I know thou favourest me because my enemy doth not triumph over me Paraphrase 11. As yet my adversaries have not been able to prevail against me as fain they would and thereby I discern thy watchful providence over me which alone hath disappointed them 12. And as for me thou upholdest me in mine integrity and settest me before thy face for ever Paraphrase 12. Thou hast undertaken the patronage of my cause and not suffered me to perish in mine innocence but rescued me out of their hands and reserved me for thy service 13. Blessed be the Lord God of Israel from everlasting to everlasting Amen and Amen Paraphrase 13. And for this and all other his mercies his glorious majesty be now and ever magnified by me and all the congregation of those that profess his service Annotations on Psal XLI V. 8. An evil disease What is here meant by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is matter of some difficulty The Antient Interpreters generally render it a perverse or mischievous or wicked word the Chaldee a perverse word the Syriack a word of iniquity the LXXII 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Latine iniquum verbum a wicked word the Arabick words contrary to the law And so in all probability it is set to signifie a great slander or calumny that as men of Belial are slanderous persons so the speech of Belial shall signifie a slanderous speech And this is said to cleave to him on whom it is fastened it being the nature of calumnies when strongly affixt on any to cleave fast and leave some evil mark behind them Calumniare fortiter aliquid haerebit 'T is true indeed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 doth sometimes signifie a plague or pestilence but there is no cause of rendering it so here The consequents of now that he lyeth he shall rise up no more are but a proverbial phrase among the Hebrews applicable to any sort of ruine as well as that which comes by disease the Calumniator may destroy and ruine as well as the pestilence and from him was Davids danger most frequently and not from a pestilential disease V. 13. Blessed This form of benediction here and the like at the end of every Book of the Psalms is by the Jews said to be affixt by the Compiler of the Book who having finisht it praises God So saith Aben-Ezra on Psal 89.52 and gives for instance the perpetual custom of their writers of closing with some comprecation That which will make this more to be heeded is that all the several books end in this manner see note on Title of Psalms Nor will it be more strange to say that Ezra or whosoever composed the books of Psalms in this form and division added their conclusions to them then 't is to say that the end of the last chapter of Deuteronomy was affixt to the Pentateuch by the Sanhedrim or the Four and Twentieth verse of the One and Twentieth of St. John by the Church of Ephesus see note c. on that Chapter 'T is sure that the Psalter was antiently received in this division Jerome in his Epistle to Marcella recounting the Hagiographa says Primus liber incip● à Job Secundus à Davide quem quinque incisionibus uno Psalmorum volumine comprehendunt The first begins from Job the second from David which they comprize in five divisions as one volume of Psalms So Epiphanius 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The Hebrews divided the Psalter into five Books so that it is another Pentateuch And then they that thus distributed it may reasonably be thought to have afforded every book those solemnities of conclusive benedictions which we find they have and which are so perfectly agreeable to the subjects of each book la●ding and praising God The end of the First BOOK THE SECOND BOOK OF PSALMS The Forty Second PSALM TO the chief Musitian Maschil for the sons of Corah Paraphrase The Forty Second is the first of the second Book of Psalms in the Hebrew partition of them which second Book reaches to the end of Psalm LXXII and contains one and thirty Psalms It was composed in time of his distress in his flight from Absalom and is chiefly spent in bemoaning his detention from Sion the place of Gods solemn worship and was set by him to the tune known by the name of Maschil see note on Psal 32. a. and committed to the Praefect of his Musick to be sung by the Posterity of Corch
the sons of Heman 1 Chron. 25.4 stiled Heman the finger 1 Chron. 6.33 who came from Elkanah Assir Abiasaph v. 36 37. three of the posterity of Coreh Exod. 6.24 and 1 Chron. 6.22.31 and were not slain Num. 26.11 1. As the hart panteth after the water-brooks so panteth my soul after thee O God Paraphrase 1. No Deer when he is in the greatest inward inflammation expresseth more ardent desire and thirst of water than my heart is at this time affected with toward God and his publick service 2. My soul thirsteth for God for the living God when shall I come and appear before God Paraphrase 2. I am in a most impatient thirst much afflicted to be kept so long from that place where God is pleased to exhibit himself to those that come to worship him 3. My tears have been my meat day and night while they continually say unto me Where is thy God Paraphrase 3. It is very great cause of continual sorrow unto me to hear men reproach me for my trust in God thinking that I am wholly forsaken by him 4. When I remember these things I pour out my soul in me for I had gone with the multitude I went with them to the house of God with the voice of joy and praise with a multitude that kept holy-day Paraphrase 4. This puts me into a great excess of sorrow and impatience when reflecting on what I have formerly injoyned I remember how I was wont to go in the society of many pious men to the place of Gods worship in a most cheerful devout alacrious manner but now am as in a wilderness wholly deprived of these most divine pleasant and valuable opportunities 5. Why art thou cast down O my soul and why art thou disquieted in me Hope thou in God for I shall yet praise him for the help of his countenance Paraphrase 5. But let me not be dejected or disturbed even with this though as sad a reflection as is possible viz. to be deprived of these blessed advantages of solemn converse with God A full reliance and resignation to the divine will is a medicine for this also and I do not yet despair but I shall find some way of escape for which to pay my acknowledgments The time will come when God shall afford me occasion to praise him see v. 8. for this deliverance also and for the supports which his favour hath yielded me in the midst of all this sadness 6. O my God my soul is cast down within me therefore will I remember thee from the land of Jordan and of the Hermonites from the hill Missar Paraphrase 6. Mean-while in this great dejection of my spirit flying from one place to another from one side of Jordan and the Countrey adjoyning passing over that River and then still flying on the other side of it from Hermon to Tabor I have nothing to support my self but meditation on that God which I have hitherto served and never been destituted by him 7. Deep calleth unto deep at the noise of thy water-spouts all thy waves and thy billows are gone over me Paraphrase 7. And by the same God by the same most gracious providence I have now been supported also For though I have for a while been under thy displeasure thy punishments lying heavy upon me and by them my enemies incouraged to design me all mischief who seeing the effects of thy displeasure on me are soon excited to add more weight to my pressures and though by the conjunction of these I have been ready to be overwhelmed yet at length all is past over without doing me any hurt 8. Yet the Lord will command his loving kindness in the day time and in the night his song shall be with me and my prayer unto the God of my life Paraphrase 8. And the account of it is clear His gracious providence hath surrounded me day and night my whole time hath been divided between receiving and acknowledging and again praying for mercies from him as from one that delighted in doing me good 9. I will say unto God My rock why hast thou forgotten me why go I mourning because of the oppression of the enemy Paraphrase 9. Thus therefore have I constantly addressed my self to him in this mournful ditty saying O thou which art the only aid and support of my life the only sure fortress wherein I can repose any trust how am I despised and rejected by thee what a black gloomy condition am I now in mine enemies being permitted by thee to oppress me sorely 10. As with a sword in my bones mine enemies reproach me while they say daily unto me Where is thy God Paraphrase 10. Shimei hath reviled me bitterly 1 Sam. 16.7 8. I am pierced hereby and wounded to the very heart like one that hath received a killing wound or stroke in his body And in this greatest exigence this lowest depression that either the scorn or malice of mine enemies can bring upon me concluding by my pressures that God hath utterly forsaken me 11. Why art thou cast down O my soul and why art thou disquieted within me Hope thou in God for I shall yet praise him who is the health of my countenance and my God Paraphrase 11. My soul shall still make a comfortable reflection in its constant recourse to God in this my saddest condition I have always had some hope and comfort left to support me and keep me from being utterly cast down or disturbed immoderately And upon the strength thereof I shall for ever incourage my self to rely and cast my self intirely on him not despairing but that he will one day return in mercy to me deliver me out of all my distresses and shew forth his favour and loving kindness to me Annotations on Psal XLII V. 1. Panteth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies to cry and is applyed to Beasts especially to Deer when they impatiently desire the water This they are said to do when they have eaten some vipers which medicinally they are said to seek and eate and then are inflamed thereby and vehemently desire water to cool them This they do again when they are hunted hard that they may cool and relieve themselves from the dogs that way But the more prompt and ready interpretation is that feeding in a dry and parched wilderness they want and oft-times can find no water and then go about and make a mournful noise for it And thus is it most fitly applyed to David when in his flight from Absalom he was thus in the wilderness destitute of the spiritual advantages of joyning with the people of God in his service The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 must be here taken in the foeminine gender as appears by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 following and accordingly the LXXII read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the foeminine V. 4. Remember The first words of this v. 4. are by the LXXII literally rendred from the Hebrew
any reason to make the former word to be in the genitive case nor is there any ו conjunction between them and the Chaldee that alone differs from the LXXII yet read it in this other form from whom is the joy of or God my exceeding joy If this notion of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be not accepted it may then be as our English margine hath it God the gladness of my joy i. e. he that is the great author of all the joy I have But if it may here be taken in the notion of the other contrary passion or commotion that of sorrow then 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 will be he that maketh glad my sorrow or turneth my commotions into joy V. 4. The harps Of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 it may here be observed that being among the Graecians used in sadness only and so defined by Hesychius 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a musical instrument a mournful harp and from thence 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to mourn and wail and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wailing and mournful 't is yet among the Hebrews generally a cheerful joyful musick so Gen. 31.17 and 2 Chron. 10.28 Job 21.12 and 30.13 and frequently in these Psalms see Psal 33.2.71.22.81.3.92.4.137.2.149.3 Isai 5.12.24.8 Ezek. 26.13 and 1 Mac. 3.5 The Forty Fourth PSALM TO the chief Musitian for the sons of Corah Maschil Paraphrase The forty fourth Psalm is a description of the several conditions and states of the Jewish Church and therein a commemoration of Gods former mercies as a ground of confidence in and prayer to him for deliverance out of present dangers and was composed in some time of general oppression by foreign enemies v. 11 12. and committed to the Prefect of the Musick to be sung by the posterity of Corah see Psal 42.1 to the tune called Maschil see note on Psal 32. a. 1. We have heard with our ears O Lord our fathers have told us what work thou didst in their days in the times of old 2. How thou didst drive out the heathen with thy hand and plantedst them how thou didst afflict the people and cast them out Paraphrase 1 2. Thy doings in former ages O Lord are famously spoken of and delivered down to us from father to son How thou by thy power didst eject the Canaanites c. and in their stead didst place thine own people of Israel having first brought them out of Egypt rescued them from the hands of those heathen tyrants smiting with ten several plagues the Egyptians that kept them in bondage 3. For they gat not their land in possession by their own sword neither did their own arm save them but thy right hand and thine arm and the light of thy countenance because thou hadst a favour unto them Paraphrase 3. A special work of thine this for 't was not any prowess of arms or opposition of greater strength that got the children of Israel the victories which they obtained over these nations or possest them of their land but the signal interposition of thy power shining and shewing forth it self visibly in that whole action an effect and a testimony of thy special favour to them which thus performed what thou hadst promised of giving them this fruitful land to be injoyed by them 4. Thou art my King O God command deliverance for Jacob. Paraphrase 4. Thou therefore that hast thus magnified thy power and mercy in delivering this people of thine art in all reason to be adored by us as our God and supreme Conducter to whom alone I am to make my address at this time for the deliverances which thou hast promised to give and hast constantly afforded to thy people 5. Through thee will we push down our enemies through thy name will we tread them under that rise up against us Paraphrase 5. From thee must all our victories come thou must furnish us with our offensive arms such thou hast given to the beasts of the field horns to the bull c. And thy presence and conduct must supply to us our natural want of these And if thou be thus present with us we shall certainly be as succesful as the most mighty of those creatures over the weakest assailant As they first gore and wound them with their horns and then trample them under their feet so shall we deal with our stoutest enemies 6. For I will not trust my in bow neither shall my sword save me Paraphrase 6. As for artillery and provisions of war we use them without any trust or relyance on them either to secure our selves or hurt others 7. But thou hast saved us from our enemies and hast put them to shame that hated us Paraphrase 7. 'T is thy strength only and mercy to us that hath wrought all our good successes delivered us and discomfited our enemies and accordingly in that alone all our confidence is reposed 8. In God we boast all the day long and praise thy name for ever Selah Paraphrase 8. All our victories have been hitherto due to thee from thee we have received them and to thee we have given all the praise of them and consequently for the future we have none else to rely on none to acknowledge for our defender and reliever but thee 9. But thou hast cast us off and put us to shame and goest not forth with our armies Paraphrase 9. But alas our sins have provoked and removed thee from us thou hast suffered us to be worsted by our enemies and hast not of late shewn forth thy majesty for our aid and succour 10. Thou makest us to turn back from our enemies and they which hate us spoil for themselves Paraphrase 10. Thou sufferest us to be put to flight and chased by our enemies and consequently to be despoiled and pillaged by them 11. Thou hast given us like sheep appointed for meat and hast scattered us among the heathen Paraphrase 11. Thou hast permitted many of us to be slaughtered like sheep see v. 22. such as are killed by the butcher not the priest for the shambles to be freely used as men please not for the altar to which those that are set apart cannot be rudely handled without violation of religion And as sheep again being worried by the Wolf are driven from the flock and scattered upon the mountains so are our armies destroyed and routed 12. Thou sellest thy people for nought and doest not increase thy wealth by their price Paraphrase 12. We are alas cast away by God as the worst kind of slaves which are not thought worthy to have any price demanded for them by their masters sadly handled without the comfort of bringing in any honour to God by our calamities Thy Church among us is defaced and no other people taken in in stead of us by whom thy Name may be glorified 13. Thou makest us a reproach to our neighbours a scorn and a derision to them that are round about us 14. Thou makest us a
thy appointed place of hearing requests and then quietly attending thy time with full confidence of a seasonable audience from thee we have never been disappointed 10. According to thy Name O God so is thy praise unto the ends of the earth Thy right hand is full of righteousness Paraphrase 11. Thy Name is spoken of over all the world and where-ever the mention of it is come men admire and celebrate thy glorious works of mercy to thy people Innumerable are the acts of goodness which have been wrought by thy right hand through the special interposition of thy power for us thy unworthy servants and thereby art thou set out most holy and most renowned in the eyes of all men thy justice and thy mercy being for ever discernible in the exercise of thy power 11. Let mount Sion rejoyce let the daughters of Judah be glad because of thy judgments Paraphrase 11. Let Jerusalem the Metropolis and all the lesser cities of Judah and the people therein joyn all in a festival celebration of thy great and wondrous works of deliverance and all sorts of blessings which God hath afforded them 12. Walk about Sion and go round about her tell the towers thereof Paraphrase 12. There is nothing so deserving our solemnest meditations as this goodness of God unto his people exhibited in his Sanctuary in answer to their prayers A man may very comfortably and profitably spend all his time in contemplation of it walking about the city and seeing whether God have not exactly guarded it not any one tower of it demolisht but especialy considering this his Sanctuary on the hill of Sion surveighing the very external fabrick numbring the towers of it as emblems but very imperfect ones of the lustre and magnificence of that God that inhabits there and from thence signally answers the prayers of his people 13. Mark ye well her bulwarks consider her palaces that ye may tell it to the generations following Paraphrase 13. Spend your time in a diligent consideration of the fortifications and stately lofty buildings thereof survey them severally that ye may be able perfectly to decipher them to posterity and by that imperfect measure think what a powerful and admirable Deity it is that inhabits there and what a glorious Church he will provide himself in the days of the Messias of which this is but a dark feeble adumbration 14. For this God is our God for ever and ever he shall be our guide unto death Paraphrase 14. Let us therefore all praise and magnifie this glorious God of Israel and adhere constantly to him in despite of whatsoever temptations to withdraw us from him and he guided and ruled by him to the end of our lives Annotations on Psalm XLVIII V. 2. Beautiful for situation For 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 fair in situation in the notion of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for a clime or province or tract of ground the Roman LXXII reads 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 some other antient Copies 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for so Apollinaris hath it and as the Latine of that S. Augustine and S. Ambrose read dilatans dilating This latter may not improbably have respect to a notion of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 usual in the Misneh for the boughs or top branches of a tree which some of the Jews also would have take place here as comparing Sion to a beautiful well-spreading tree But the vulgar hath fundatur which though it imperfectly expresseth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 yet it seems rather to respect that then 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and gives us reason to read it otherwise than the ordinary copies now will have it neither 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with the Roman nor 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with Kircher but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 an adjective neuter agreeing with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the hill of Sion for which again the ordinary copies read corruptly 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the hills That these two errors of the Scribe are thus to be amended appears by the Latine Fundatur mons Sion the mount Sion is founded rooting and founding being so neer in sense that there can be no doubt but they thus rendred 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 And of this rendring the account also may most probably be fetcht from the forementioned notion of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for boughs for though the boughs be contrary to the root and so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 yet the well settling of the roots being the cause of the flourishing of the boughs the one may pass for a periphrasis of the other But the other notion of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for a clime or tract of ground may well be accepted and then 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 will be no more then among us Bellofitum faire in situation And to this also the Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 may well accord the situation being not unfitly exprest by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 root and the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 being a denotation of the beauty But of this the Latine fundatur is not expressive Here follows in our reading of the LXXII 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 imitated also by the Latine exultatione But here also 't is not improbable the Copies of the LXXII are corrupt being so easily changed from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a rejoycing or a kind of rejoycing of the whole earth as the Syriack as well as the Chaldee literally render And that being admitted the LXXII which are now remote enough will be exactly answerable to the Hebrew 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The hill of Sion is well rooted or well seated the perfection of beauty Psal 50.2 Lam. 11.15 built very advantagiously in respect of Situation the joy of the whole land so again Jerusalem is stiled Lam. 11.15 the sides literally according to the original 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the North i. e. on the north side of Jerusalem V. 7. Tarsis Of Tarsis what place it is and how variously interpreted by the Antients is set down at large by the learned Bochart whose opinion of it he hath solemnly confirmed viz. that it belonged to Spain neer to Gadir or Gades now softned into Cades and was the same that Authors call Tartessis or Tartessus a most opulent place by the Poets therefore turned into the Elysian fields and by Geographers called Hercules pillars beyond which was no Passing That in this place were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mines of Gold and Silver see Stephanus Byzant 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a city of Tartessia saith he i. e. Tarshis who adds Tinn also in the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and Strabo both brass and iron of which sorts as also of silver 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 saith he there is neither so much nor so good as yet discovered to be in any part of the earth Hence was i● that the Phoenicians i. e. the old
literally interpretable 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for or according to their iniquity 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 abjection casting or vomiting out shall be to them i. e. they shall as vile persons be rejected and cast out by God And thus the Chaldee appear to have understood it who render it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they shall be empty or vile and to this best connects that which follows in the verse In thine anger cast down the people The Fifty Seventh PSALM TO the chief Musitian Altaschith Michtam of David when he fled from Saul in the Cave Paraphrase The fifty seventh Psalm was composed by David on occasion of what happened in Sauls pursuing him 1 Sam. 24. when David finding Saul in the Cave might have killed him if he would but spared him and thereby gave him assurance of his friendship and not as he had been calumniated enmity to him It was set to the tune of a former Psalm which began with the words Destroy me not and it is as the former stiled his jewel see note on Psal 16. ● in respect of the greatness of the mercy recounted in it It was committed to the Prefect of his Musick 1. Be merciful unto me O Lord be merciful unto me for my soul trusteth in thee yea in the shaddow of thy wings will I make my refuge untill these calamities be overpast Paraphrase 1. To thee O Lord I make my most affectionate and humble address relying on thee reposing my whole trust in thee neither seeking nor projecting any means of safety to my self save that which consists in thine only aid and protection Be thou mercifully pleased to afford me this at this time and continue it till this persecution be over 2. I will cry unto God most high unto God that performeth all things for me Paraphrase 2. The Lord that hath espoused my cause is a God of might All that I ever received hath been from him my deliverances his immediate vouchsafements to him therefore now do I with all chearful confidence address my supplications 3. He shall send from heaven and save me from the reproach of him that would swallow me up Selah God shall send forth his mercy and his truth Paraphrase 3. When malicious-mind●● men are most bitterly set against me even to devout and destroy me utterly God shall send me relief from his throne by some means which he shall think fittest to chuse for me by his Angels or by his gracious over-ruling providence disappointing those that had these bloody designs against me He hath bound himself by promise and so both his mercy and fidelity are concerned in it and he will make good both unto me 4. My Soul is among Lions and I lie even among them that are set on fire even the sons of men whose teeth are spears and arrows and their tongue a sharp sword Paraphrase 4. My life is in the same danger as if I were incompast with Lions virulent men such as are continually inflaming and inciting Saul to pursue and destroy me never say any thing but with some bloody design of bringing mischief upon me 5. Be thou exalted O God above the heavens let thy glory be above all the earth Paraphrase 5. Lord be thou pleased to rescue me out of this danger and so to magnifie thy own glory over the pride and malice of the greatest men by discomfiting and frustrating the designs of such 6. They have prepared a net for mp steps my soul is bowed down they have digged a pit before me into the midst of which they are fallen themselves Selah Paraphrase 6. They have designed very treacherously against me like fowlers that by digging holes and laying gin● or toils in them insnare the simple unwary bird and God hath disappointed them in all their designs brought on them what they had projected against me 7. My heart is fixed O God my heart is fixed I will sing and give praise Paraphrase 7. This is enough to raise and enliven and inspirit any mans heart to praise and magnifie the mercy of so signal a deliverance And as there is nothing so fit so nothing that I shall more readily perform 8. Awake up my glory awake Psaltery and Harp I my self will awake early Paraphrase 8. My tongue see Psal 16. note ● shall begin the hymn and the instruments of Musick shall follow in a chearful and melodious note they shall no longer lie idle when such eminent mercies exact their acknowledgments and my heart whose tribute is most due and every member of my body faculty of my soul and action of my life shall be most diligent in an early payment of it 9. I will praise thee O God among the people I will sing unto thee among the nations Paraphrase 9. My acknowledgment shall not be made to thee in private only but in the midst of the congregation with the greatest solemnity possible calling all others to assist me in so weighty a work 10. For thy mercy is great unto the heavens and thy truth unto the clouds Paraphrase 10. For thou hast in a most eminent manner made good thy great mercy most undeservedly and gratiously promised to me and thereby thy fidelity also 11. Be thou exalted Lord above the heavens let thy glory be above all the earth Paraphrase 11. Lord be thou pleased to rescue me out of this present danger and so to magnifie thy own glory over the pride and malice of the greatest men by disappointing and frustrating their designs against me see v. 5. Annotations on Psalm LVII Tit. Altaschith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 perdidit is a form of deprecation destroy not It is four times used in the titles of the Psalms in this and the two next succeeding 58. and 59. and 75. This makes the Chaldees gloss improbable viz. that it was composed at a time when he said Destroy me not for that will not fitly be applicable to any much less to all of these 'T is much more probable that as many other titles of the Psalms so this was designed to denote the melody or tune to which it was set the same that had formerly belonged to some Psalm or hymn beginning with those words 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 destroy not V. 3. The reproach All the Antient Interpreters make 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a verb and so sure it is of the preterperfect tense in Piel and apply it to God that he shall deliver David having shamed or reproached his enemies So the Chaldee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he hath reproached the Syriack 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and he shamed or reproached So before them the LXXII 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Vulgar dedit in opprobrium he gave to reproach and accordingly the Arabick and Aethiopick And in all reason ●o we are to render it rather then imagine the prefix ● to be wanting But another rendring the words are also capable of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉
And at evening let them return and let them make a noise like a dog and go round about the city Paraphrase 14. Under this judgment of Gods they shall indeed be what their own voluntary sins had made them before v. 6. the hunger of the dog shall be their plague as the ravenousness hath before been their sin 15. Let them wander up and down for meat and grudge if they be not satisfied Paraphrase 15. A beggarly and indigent and so an unsatisfied and wearisome condition shall be their lot the greatest worldly plague that can fall on any large appetites and no possessions or acquests to satisfie them 16. But I will sing of thy power yea I will sing aloud of thy mercy in the morning for thou hast been my defense and refuge in the day of my trouble Paraphrase 10. Mean while I am eternally obliged to proclaim thy power and might and withal to make my solemnest acknowledgments of thy favour and goodness to me and to make this the matter of my daily morning lauds that in my greatest distress thou hast thus delivered and secured me 17. Unto thee O my strength will I sing for God is my defense and the God of my mercy Paraphrase 17. To the therefore I thus come with all the rejoycing of an humble heart as to one that never fails to relieve when I want relief and so eminently to make good his promised bounty toward me Annotations on Psalm LIX V. 7. Belch From 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 scaturivit is the same word used in a metaphorical sense for pouring out words as a spring doth water and simply for speaking as Psal 78.2 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I will utter dark sayings and Psal 19.3 night unto night 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shall utter a word and Prov. 1.23 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I will declare to you And so in all reason here 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they speak with their mouths and swords are in their lips i. e. whensoever they speak or say any thing 't is some bloody matter or other and accordingly as the Chaldee retain the Hebrew word so the LXXII read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the Latine loquentur they will speak and the Syriack more expresly 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the word of their mouth a sword in their lips V. 9. Because of his strength What 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 here signifies is somewhat hard to determine 'T is literally to be rendred his strength yet all the antient interpreters as now we have them render it as if it were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 my strength 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 my strength saith the Chaldee and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 my strength the LXXII and the Latine fortitudinem meam And so the context may be deemed to require which joyns it with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to thee as if it were thus to be rendred my strength will I keep or repose with or on thee taking 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the notion of reposuit as it sometimes signifies for God is my defence This interpretation of the phrase is generally pitcht on by the interpreters save that the Syriack takes a greater liberty of paraphrase and reads 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 O God I will glorifie thee upon the same account I suppose that Psal 8.2 for strength the LXXII read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 praise by that yet meaning to express the true power of the phrase the reposing ones strength on God being indeed the glorifying and blessing him for all the strength one hath And should this be resolved on to be the sense the words might yet remain unchanged as our Hebrew now reads them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his i. e. Gods strength thereby meaning that strength which I have from God in which respect Gods strength and mine are all one what is mine as of the receiver is his as the donor and when it is given me yet it is not so mine as to cease to be his but still remains much more properly his than mine as being free to him to withdraw it when he will his principally and originally and in fulness and mine only derivatively imperfectly and dependently from him I am a tenant at will to be put out of possession when he pleaseth And for the seeming incongruity between his and to the it is not new but frequent in the Hebrew which oft pass from one tense and from one number and from one person to another The very next words are an example of it for after God mentioned in the second person 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to thee follows immediately in the third for God is my defence And indeed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his strength agreeing so well with God in the end of the verse and the sense lying thus God is my defence therefore his strength will I repose on thee i. e. on God the appearance of incongruity will not be in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his strength but rather in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to thee But neither is that new or strange the transition from one person to another being so very ordinary In the next verses we have 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his mercy with the points of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 my mercy the chere being for the one and the chetib for the other And accordingly of the Interpreters some read the one some the other both certainly meaning the same thing the Chaldee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the God of my grace or goodness or mercy but the LXXII 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 my God his mercy and so the Latine but the Syriack in the middle between both 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 O Lord thy grace Thus much hath been said in compliance with the rendrings of the antient Interpreters as we now read them But there is another notion of the phrase of which it is capable as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his strength may be understood of the strength or forces of Saul sent against David to watch the house in the title of the Psalm and as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 may be rendred I will guard or look to or beware of or keep my self from so as to avoid the danger of this strength of his and this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 at or with or by flying to thee i. e. to God as he is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 my i. e. Davids refuge in the end of the verse And thus the words most probably signifie his strength I will ward or avoid or beware or take heed of at thee And if the composure seem harsh or strange it must be imputed to the poetry which consists principally in affinity of words or sounds and light variations and correspondencies observed betwixt several parts of the composure Saul sent 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and they guarded in the sense of besieging the house in the title of the Psalm and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I
their own absolute impotence to go on to any farther victory unless God who once forsook be now pleased in a special manner to aid them And 't is poetically contriv'd by way of question 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 who shall lead me i. e. it is not possible for me by my own strength or with any humane aids whatsoever to enter any one place of strength the Chaldee names Tyre to conquer Id●●●a● unless God interpose in my behalf assist and prosper my attempts It follows therefore v. 10. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shalt not thou O Lord i. e. None can except thou dost Thou 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which hast or hadst forsaken us 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 say the LXXII qui rep●listi no● say the vulgar thou which formerly hadst cast us off for some ●●me not complaining that he now doth so that is quite contrary to the drift of the whole Psalm but affirming and concluding from their improsperousness when formerly he did forsake that none can now aid successfully but he And then concluding with confidence of his favour 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and wilt thou not i. e. certainly O Lord thou wilt go out with our hosts 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and wilt thou not go forth say the LXXII And so this well accords with the contexture and design of the Psalm to magnifie Gods aids and the consequent thereof all manner of good success and prosperity The Sixty First PSALM TO the chief Musitian upon Neginoth A Psalm of David Paraphrase The sixty First Psalm is made up of Thanksgiving and humble dependance on God for all his mercies It was composed by David and committed to the Prefect of his Musick to be sung to the Harp or Psaltery or other such stringed instrument Psal 4.1 1. Hear my cry O God attend unto my prayer Paraphrase 1. O Gratious God to thee is my only resort in all my distresses be thou pleased to receive and answer my prayers 2. From the end of the earth will I cry unto thee when my heart is overwhelmed lead me to the rock that is higher than I. Paraphrase 2. Though I am driven as far as from Absalom I was fain to fly 2 Sam. 17.22 to the utmost parts of the land beyond Jordan v. 23. how great soever my trouble and streights are yet to thee have I a sure retreat when my condition is at the lowest thou hast a fortress of impregnable safety to which thou wilt be sure to conduct me 3. For thou hast been a shelter for me and a strong Tower from the enemy Paraphrase 3. For thus have I alwayes experimented thy goodness to me when men have assaulted thou hast rescued and secured me 4. I will abide in thy Tabernacle for ever I will trust in the covert of thy wings Selah Paraphrase 4. And that teacheth me the wisdom of this resolution of keeping me constantly under this safeguard and that I may do so of continuing my daily dependance on thee and addresses to thee in that place where thou hast promised to be alwayes present 5. For thou O God hast heard my vows thou hast given me the heritage of those that fear thy name Paraphrase 5. To this none had greater incouragement than I my offerings have always been accepted and my prayers heard by thee This is the priviledge of all thy faithful servants and this thou hast been pleased to afford me 6. Thou wilt prolong the Kings life and his years as many generations Paraphrase 6. Thou shalt bless me with a long and prosperous life and therein make me a type of the Messias whose Kingdom when it commences shall have no end 7. He shall abide before God for ever O prepare mercy and truth which may preserve him Paraphrase 7. Thou shalt never cast me from thy favour as long as I continue my fidelity to thee thy free but promised mercy will not fail to perpetuate my prosperity 8. So will I sing praise to thy name for ever that I may daily perform my vows Paraphrase 8. And this shall oblige me to bless and magnifie thy gracious and glorious Majesty as long as I live to present my daily oblations to thee and yield thee all the obedience of a thankful heart for ever The Sixty Second PSALM TO the chief Musitian to Jeduthun A Psalm of David Paraphrase The Sixty Second Psalm is an Eucharistical hymne composed by David and committed to the Praefect of his Musick to be sung and play'd to by instruments after the manner that Herman and Jeduthun were appointed to do 1 Chron. 16.42 1. Truly my soul waiteth upon God from him cometh my salvation Paraphrase 1. All my defence and relief is from God alone on him will I patiently and chearfully attend for a supply to all my wants 2. He is my rock and my salvation he is my defense I shall not be greatly moved Paraphrase 2. The strength which I have from him gives me security that I shall not be in any great measure deprest by my enemies 3. How long will ye imagine mischief against a man ye shall be slain all the sort of you as a bowing wall and as a tottering sense Paraphrase 3. How vain then are all the attempts of my slanderous violent rebellious subjects which are always raising of stirs and tumults as if all of them combined as one man to take away my life 4. They only consult to cast him down from his excellency they delight in lyes they bless with their mouth but they curse inwardly Selah Paraphrase 4. All their contrivances and consultations are to pull me from the Throne to wrest the regal power out of my hand and this traiterous design they gloss and varnish over with fair flattering language 5. My soul wait thou only upon God for my expectation is from him Paraphrase 5. But I will remit my whole cause to God and attend how he shall please to dispose of me 6. He only is my rock and my salvation he is my defense I shall not be moved Paraphrase 6. Being confident of a certain relief and support from him which will not permit me to be cast down by these men 7. In God is my salvation and my glory the rock of my strength and my refuge is from God Paraphrase 7. On him only I rely for deliverance for exaltation for aid to defend me and for sanctuary when any distress surrounds me 8. Trust in him at all times ye people pour out your heart before him God is a refuge for us Selah Paraphrase 8. And this wil be matter of imitation to all that profess to be his servants to repose all their trust in him to empty themselves of all secular confidences and apply themselves in prayer to him devoutly to beg and confidently to depend on his relief 9. Surely men of low degree are vanity and men of high degree are a lye to be
that they fall not irreversibly under his vengeance 8. O bless our God ye people and make the voice of his praise to be heard 9. Which holdeth our soul in life and suffereth not our feet to slip Paraphrase 8 9. 'T is he that surrounds our lives in time of danger and preserves them from all miscarriage and accordingly is to be blest and magnified by all that have received this mercy from him to be preserved so long when if he had not supported they had each minute been cast down 10. For thou O God hast proved us thou hast tried us as silver is tried Paraphrase 10. He hath sometimes brought trouble and affliction upon us upon the same designs that metallists are wont to throw gold or silver into the fire to distern whether it be pure or no and if it be not to melt and separate all the dross and false metal from it Thus he dealt with the Israelites of old in the iron furnace of Egypt and proportionably thus he hath now dealt with us And this hath been his one gratious purpose in all his inflictions to approve our sincerity of adherence to him and to reform and purge out all that is vitious in us 11. Thou broughtest us into the net thou laidst affliction upon our loyns Paraphrase 11. One while he hath permitted us to be insnared and subdued by our enemies as in Egypt our Fathers were 12. Thou hast caused men to ride over our heads we went through fire and through water but thou broughtest us out into a wealthy place Paraphrase 12. Another while he hath permitted them to oppress and tyrannize over us But then as after the example of those he hath by his providence chosen to permit very sharp afflictions to befal us so hath he gratiously brought us through and out of them again As he brought our fathers to Canaan a land flowing with milk and honey after the fire of the brick-kilns and the water of the sea and the floods of the River Jordan so hath he oft delivered us out of the most pressing distresses brought us out of drowing to blessing waters to a well-watered irrigated Country and returned us to all kind of prosperity 13. I will go into thy house with burnt-offerings I will pay thee my vows 14. Which my lips have uttered and my mouth hath spoken when I was in trouble Paraphrase 13 14. When we were in any distress we made our addresses to thee besought thee to avert them and upon thy hearing our prayers promised reformation of life and voluntary oblations for the acknowledgment of that deity from whence we expected and begged our relief And now being heard and answered by thee we are under the strictest obligation of justice and gratitude and performance of promise to return our most chearful acknowledgments to thee 15. I will offer unto thee burnt-sacrifices of fatlings with the incense of ●ams I will offer bullocks with goats Selah Paraphrase 15. And this I will now do in the liberallest and most magnificent manner that can be 16. Come and hear all ye that fear God and I will declare what he hath done for my soul Paraphrase 16. And proclaim to all pious men for their incouragement ●ow gratiously God hath dealt with me all my life long 17. I cryed unto him with my mouth and he was extolled with my tongue Paraphrase 17. How as soon as I made my prayers unto him he granted them presently and gave me cause to convert them into praises 18. If I regard iniquity in my heart the Lord will not hear me 19. But verily God hath heard me he hath attended to the voice of my prayer Paraphrase 18 19. Which is beside the blessing granted a farther matter of joy and comfort to me that that God which cannot patronize any sin hath been pleased to hearken to my request and so to sign unto me his approbation of my sincerity 20. Blessed be God which hath not turned away my prayer nor his mercy from me Paraphrase 20. His Name be for ever magnifies for this honour of hearing my prayers and the deliverance consequent thereto Annotations on Psal LXVI V. 2. Make his praise glorious 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 here the Jewish Arab renders in the notion of giving give him glory and so regularly 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 posuit put is used for dedit gave and is here v. 9. joyned with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to give as a synonym●n and so to put to him honour is to give it him but he as well as others avoids making 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to be in regimine so as to govern the noun that follows the glory of his praise for then as in the beginning of this verse 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the honour of his Name the vowel should be changed from to It is then possible that the nouns should be put by apposition and then 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 may be in the ordinary notion of put or make make glory his praise i. e. either your glory as Aben Ezra would have it make your glory his praise let it be your glory to praise him or his glory make his glory his praise But 't is yet more probable that the difficulty may be best removed by understanding a preposition in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Jewish Arab supplies it by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from or of his praise it may be as fitly by his praise i. e. by your praising of him To this sense the Chaldee may be interpreted 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 give him glory by his praise and the LXXII 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 give glory by his praise or by praising him and that seems to be the most ready rendring of it There are several ways of giving glory to God one by confessing of sins Josh 7.19 my Son give glory to God and make confession to him and tell me what thou hast done and so 1 Sam. 6.5 ye shall give glory to God peradventure he will lighten his hand and Jer. 13.16 and elsewhere And another by praising him Isa 42.12 Let them give glory to the Lord and declare his praise so Rev. 2.9 when those beasts give glory and honour and thanks And so here give him glory by what means 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by his praise or by praising him V. 7. Power for ever That 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as the English age signifies not only time and duration but also the men that live in any time there is no question And then 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 must here most properly be rendred ruling the world or over the world and so the Chaldee certainly understood who read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which exerciseth dominion over the world and so I suppose the LXXII their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 having dominion over the world doth import though the Latine hath rendred it amiss and against their meaning in aeternum The Syriack by following the Hebrew and rendring it 〈◊〉
or distress or suffering shall be for the remainder of time perpetual I call to mind thy former benefits to us and my hope is strengthened and despair ceaseth making this sadder part an introduction to the more chearful And so the Jewish Arab And when I say this is my dejection prostration and the space or duration of the plague or punishment of the most High I remember c. The Seventy Eighth PSALM MAschil of Asaph Paraphrase The seventy eighth Psalm is a reflexion on Gods various dealing his mixtures of mercies and punishments on the people of Israel from the time of their being in Egypt to Davids exaltation to the Kingdom It seems to have been composed by Asaph and set to the tune called Maschil See note on Psal 32. a. 1. Give ear O my people to my law incline your ears to the words of my mouth 2. I will open my mouth in a parable I will utter dark sayings of old Paraphrase 1 2. Let all the people of God give diligent attention to what I shall now deliver as to that which is designed for their special instruction and gathered out of the records of Gods providence toward his own people the Jews see note on Psal 49.6 that all that profess Godliness may be admonished thereby 3. Which we have heard and known and our Fathers have told us 4. We will not hide them from their children shewing to the generations to come the praises of the Lord and his strength and his wonderful works that he hath done Paraphrase 3 4. And the truth of the things being so undoubtedly certain as well as of weighty consideration either particularly known to us that now live or thought fit to be by tradition conveighed down to us by our ancestors I have all reason to communicate and propagate them to others to whom also our Fathers designed them as well as to us of this age that they might joyn with us in blessing and praising and magnifying the glorious attributes of God and the powerful and gracious acts that he hath wrought for us 5. For he established a testimony in Jacob and appointed a law in Israel which he commanded our fathers that they should make them known to their children Paraphrase 5. For thus indeed did God himself appoint when he first revealed his will and laws unto the Jews by Moses laying it as an obligation on the parents to be strictly careful to ●nstruct their children to all posterity in the knowledge of them see Deut. 4.9 and 6.7 6. That the generation to come might know them even the children that should be born who should arise and declare them to their children Paraphrase 6. That not themselves only but even all their posterity those that were not then born should first learn them themselves and then diffuse and instil them into all others 7. That they might set their hope in God and not forget the works of God but keep his commandments Paraphrase 7. And that in order to the preserving and cherishing all parts of piety in them a chearful relyance and dependance on him that had thus demonstrated his readiness to succour them thanksgiving and praising of him for his works of power and mercy and a careful performance of all holy uniform obedience to his commands as to him that had wrought redemption for them and so purchased them to be his servants 8. And might not be as their fathers a stubborn and rebellious generation a generation that set not their heart aright and whose spirit was not stedfast with God Paraphrase 8. And to restrain them from transcribing their fathers copies who when they were thus strangely obliged by God were yet guilty of most vile provoking obstinacies unbeliefs and rebellions murmurings and downright Apostasies from his law by Idolatry c. would either never set themselves heartily to the ways of God or if they did presently relapst into foul transgressions 9. The children of Ephraim being armed and carrying bows turned back in the day of battel Paraphrase 9. Delaying in their performances with God as they did sometimes in their warlike engagements when they were just ready to fight and wanted nothing toward the doing it successfully they fainted in the very point of the assault and fled out of the field Thus the Ephramites appear to have done and consequently were defeated and assaulted by the Philistims 1 Chron. 7.21 And just thus did many other of these when any service was really to be performed to God any danger to be combated with and virtue of patience or faith or courage to be exercised then were they sure to falter and fall off shamefully 10. They kept not the Covenant of God and refused to walk in his law 11. And forgat his works and wonders which he had shewed them Paraphrase 10 11. And seldom or never made they good any constancy of obedience to him were still apt to murmur and distrust his promised assistance though ascertained to their faith by never so many wonderful experiments of his power and providence toward them would not go on in the way that God directed them but through fear and distrust fell into mutinies and quarrels with Moses and refused to be ruled or conducted by him 12. Marvelous things did he in the sight of their fathers in the land of Egypt in the field of Zoan Paraphrase 12. And this was a most hainous aggravated infidelity much heightned by the many works of wonder that God had afforded their fathers so lately in bringing them out of Egypt by a mighty hand and fearful prodigious judgments upon Pharaoh and his people 13. He divided the sea and caused them to pass through and he made the waters to stand as an heap Paraphrase 13. The conclusion of which was that he made the very sea recede and depart before them and stand still like a wall Exod. 14.22 or like a heap Exod. 15.8 see note on Psal 33. b. to secure them from all danger of approach and so carried them through the chanel as on dry ground and conducted them safe out of Egypt 14. In the day time also he led them with a cloud and all the night with a light of fire Paraphrase 14. To this end he set a lightsome cloud over their heads at once to overshadow and inviron them see note on 1 Cor. 10. a. and this cloud so disposed that in the night-time it afforded light to the Israelites though not to the Egyptians that followed them but made a clear separation between them Exod. 14.20 and in the day-time when they needed not its light it was yet visible over them and about them by this means miraculously directing and conducting them in their journeys 15. He clave the rocks in the wilderness and gave them drink as out of the great depths Paraphrase 15. And in their journeying in the wilderness when they wanted water he commanded Moses to strike a rock with his rod and by so doing there came
in a special manner And in this invasion they 〈…〉 spared that place set apart on purpose for thy service and the exhibition of thy divine presence but have foully violated and profaned it and laid waste the whole city wherein it is situate 2. The dead bodies of thy servants have they given to be meat to the fouls of the heavens the flesh of thy saints unto the beasts of the earth 3. Their blood have they shed like water round about Jerusalem and there was none to bury them Paraphrase 2 3. At other times in common calamities some special servants of thine have been exempted Noah from the deluge Lot from the overthrow of Sodom see Ezek. 14.14 but now thy chosen people set apart by thine own appointment as thy subjects and servants have all without any discrimination been slain in the field slaughtered in great abundance their bodies neglected and left unburied so that the wild beasts and fowls have fed on them and their blood poured out most barbarously and running down in streams through the streets of Jerusalem 4. We are become a reproach to our neighbours a scorn and derision to them that are round about us Paraphrase 4. They that formerly lookt on us with reverence as a people guarded and secured by thy protection do now deride and scorn us and upbraid us with our calamities and the trust which we still repose in God when we are forsaken by him 5. How long Lord wilt thou be angry for ever shall thy jealousie burn like fire Paraphrase 5. Blessed Lord be thou pleased in thine own time at length favourably to return to us and not to pour out thy fiercest wrath and destroy us utterly 6. Pour out thy wrath upon the heathen that have not known thee and upon the Kingdoms that have not called upon thy name Paraphrase 6. Those that have thus butchered us are aliens from thee neither know thy laws nor acknowledge thee to be their God and consequently never worship nor pray unto thee 'T will not be strange for thy heaviest punishments to light on them as on thy profest enemies O let them not fall on us who profess to be thy servants 7. For they have devoured Jacob and laid waste his dwelling-place Paraphrase 7. Beside their heathen sins of Idolatry and all impiety it cannot but be a great addition to their guilts a kind of sacriledge and violation of thee that they have invaded and wasted this land of thine which thou hast given to the posterity of thy chosen special servants Abraham and Isaac and Jacob with whom thou hast entred into Covenant that thou wilt be their God and they thy people 8. O remember not against us former iniquities let thy tender mercies speedily prevent us for we are brought very low Paraphrase 8. 'T is certain our continued obstinacies and rebellions against thee from the beginning of our being a nation to this time have most justly brought down thy judgments on us and if to our present provocations thou add the multitude of our old abominations that of the golden calf c. we can expect nothing but utter desolation and destruction O be pleased not to lay them to our charge heap not all our Ancestors idolatries and rebellions upon our shoulders lest we that have a full weight of our own be ascertain'd to sink and be drowned under them We are now very sore afflicted and distrest O do thou make all speed to return to us Our miseries have fully qualified us for thy seasonable mercies O be thou gratiously pleased to interpose them for us and rescue us out of our present captivation 9. Help us O God of our salvation for the glory of thy name and deliver us and purge away our sins for thy names sake Paraphrase 9. Thou O God art our only redeemer and deliverer be thou gratiously pleased to relieve and rescue us and thereby to shew forth the glory of thy power and mercy and all thy divine attributes O free us from the effects of thy displeasure due to our sins be thou gratiously reconciled to us And this we beg and hope upon no other inforcement but that of thine own mercy promised to those that make their humble addresses to thee and of thine honour which seems to be concerned in the preserving thine own people 10. Wherefore should the heathen say Where is their God let him be known among the heathen in our sight by the revenge of the blood of thy servants which is shed Paraphrase 10. If thou do not interpose for our relief the idolatrous nations will resolve that our God is not able to defend us and so reproach and blaspheme thee Be thou therefore pleased to shew forth thy power in relieving us and requiring our blood at the hands of those which have most unjustly destroyed us that not only we may be delivered by thee but our oppressors thy enemies may be taught to fear thee by beholding thy power and justice in thy signal vengeance on them 11. Let the sighing of the prisoner come before thee according to the greatness of thy power preserve thou those that are appointed to die Paraphrase 11. Many of us are now in bands ready for the sentence of death whensoever these tyrannical enemies please O thou that art the refuge of all such be thou pleased in answer to our saddest moans seasonably to interpose for our preservation 12. And render unto our neighbours seven-fold into their bosom their reproach wherewith they have reproached thee O Lord. Paraphrase 12. To repay all those injuries and contumelies in thy just measure of retaliation to all those that have opprest and contumeliously handled us and so to own us as our patron and advocate 13. So we thy people and sheep of thy pasture will give thee thanks for ever we will shew forth thy praise to all generations Paraphrase 13. For this timely interposition of thine O Lord our constant acknowledgments and commemorations of thy mercies shall be our perpetual tribute through all ages our posterity to all successions joyning with us in that payment Annotations of Psal LXXIX V. 1. Heaps 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 oblique or crooked or else 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 being it self ●heme signifies heaps So Mic. 1.6 I will ma●●aria 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for an heap the Chaldee render it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for heaps though here by way of paraphrase they read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for a desolation and so the Syriack also 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 desolate The LXXII here read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for an hoord of ripe fruit because that is wont to be laid in heaps which the Latine reads I suppose to the same sense in pomorum custodiam for the keeping of apples or for a place where apples are kept But the original seems to refer to one sort of heaps that of graves which are made by aggestion or casting up
eminent plant the whole people of the Jews whom God had chosen and so his right hand is truly said to have planted it And then that will direct us farther in the interpretation of the latter part of the verse 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the son or upon the son which thou hast made strong for thy self where as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is most probably an expletive of no signification or possibly refers to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 look foregoing 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 look upon so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 son in accordance with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the root or plant of the vine must denote the son of that plant and that is according to the Hebrew style a bough or branch of it So Gen. 49.22 Joseph is a fruitful 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 son i. e. bough by a spring whose 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 daughters i. e. branches run over the wall by the same proportion as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which signifies sucking children from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to suck is here v. 11. used for branches And then in proportion with the people being meant by the root or plant the branch 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 may signifie the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 rod or tribe of Judah the Regal tribe of which David was who being by God invested with power and as his proxy and minister on earth it is properly said that God hath made him strong for himself The Chaldee therefore paraphrase it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 on the Messiah i. e. anointed King whom thou hast confirmed or established for thy self And in the prophetick sense that will be farther extended to Christ the King or Ruler of his Church and so saith Aben Ezra this may be understood of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Messiah Ben-Ephraim others call him Ben-Joseph who they say is to be killed in war being prest by the text in Zachary to acknowledge a suffering Messiah as Messiah Ben David for they admit of two is to conquer all the world R. Obadiah also interprets it of the Messiah And the LXXII reads 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and on the son of man and so the Latine and Syriack the title by which any eminent man a Prince is fitly exprest and by which Christ is so frequently called and so most expresly v. 17. the man of Gods right hand and the son of man not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 son simply but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 son of man is set to signifie the King But it is possible also and I suppose more probable that the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or branch may be set to denote the Temple for of that it follows immediately v. 16. It is burnt with fire it is cut down or as it may best be rendred 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 being cut down it is burnt with fire the vine when 't is cut down being good for nothing else Ezek. 15.3 4. shall wood be taken thereof to do any work or will men take a pin of it to hang any thing thereon It is cast into the fire for fewel the fire devoureth both the ends of it and the midst of it is burnt is it meet for any work This belongs not well to the King but agrees perfectly to the Temple at this time of the captivity And so the phrase which thou hast made strong for thy self seems to be borrowed from Moses's song Exod. 15.17 where it is spoken of the Temple Thou shalt bring them in and plant them in the mountain of thine inheritance in the place O Lord which thou hast made for thee to dwell in in the Sanctuary O Lord which thy hands have established And in this sense it will well agree with the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or plant foregoing that signifying the nation of the Jews which God brought in and planted in Moses's dialect and with which the Temple is joyned Joh. 11.48 they will take away our place and nation by those two words there expressing more plainly what is here in poetick style the root or plant and branch i. e. the whole Commonwealth of the Jews so stiled Mal. 4.1 It shall leave them neither root nor branch People nor Temple Of both these it here follows in the plural 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they shall perish at the rebuke of thy countenance i. e. If to the spoil of violent men foregoing the boar out of the wood and the wild beasts of the field v. 13. thou add thine anger and inflictions both root and branch People and Temple shall be utterly consumed To avert which it follows Let thine hand be upon the man of thy right hand and the son of man which in all reason by the characters of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 must be interpreted of the King The Eighty First PSALM TO the chief Musitian upon Gittith A Psalm of Asaph Paraphrase The eighty first Psalm said to be composed by Asaph for the feast of trumpets Lev. 23.24 Numb 29 1. and 10.10 which was instituted to commemorate the deliverance out of Egypt the sounding of the trumpet being a token of liberty Lev. 25.10 is a solemn invitation to all to sing praises to God for his great deliverances and special mercies to his people whose sins are the only averters of his favour and originals of their misery It was set to the tune called Gittith see Psal 8. a. and committed to the Praefect of the Musick 1. Sing aloud unto God our strength make a joyful noise unto the God of Jacob. 2. Take a Psalm and bring hither the timbrel the pleasant harp with the Psaltery 3. Blow up the trumpet in the new moon in the time appointed on our solemn feast-day Paraphrase 1 2 3. The God of Jacob is our only refuge preserver and deliverer O let us joyn in the most solemn joyful expressions of thankfulness to him All the sweetest and most pleasant instruments of Musick are in all reason to accompany and indeavour to improve our lauds and all the whole nation to be assembled at those times which are solemnly set apart for these offices the beginning of every month to consecrate all that follows 4. For this was a statute for Israel and a law of the God of Jacob 5. This he ordained in Joseph for a testimony when he went out through the land of Egypt where I heard a language that I understood not Paraphrase 4 5. And this is but agreeable to the ordinances of divine service given by God himself on mount Sinai for all posterity most strictly to observe soon after that great and signal time of his shewing himself in power and majesty against Pharaoh and the Egyptians when he lived among strangers and were cruelly handled by them 6. I delivered his shoulders from the burthen his hands were delivered from the pots Paraphrase 6. 'T was then the mighty work of his over-ruling power upon our addresses made to heaven
TO the chief Musitian A Psalm for the sons of Korah Paraphrase The eighty fifth Psalm is a thankful acknowledgment of Gods mercy in returning their captivity and an humble importunate prayer for the confirming continuing and perfecting this mercy to them It hath some degree of propriety to Davids return to Jerusalem after his flight from Absolom but much more to the days of Ezra and Nehemiah after the captivity It was committed to the Praefect of the Musick to be sung by the posterity of Coreh 1. Lord thou hast been favourable to thy Land thou hast brought back the captivity of Jacob. 2. Thou hast forgiven the iniquity of thy people thou hast covered all their sin Selah 3. Thou hast taken away all thy wrath thou hast turned thy self from the fierceness of thy anger Paraphrase 1 2 3. It is thy special mercy and compassion to us O Lord that we that were chased and carried captive from our countrey are now restored to it again Our sins that brought these sad effects of thy displeasure upon us thou hast now been pleased to pardon and so being reconciled to us of thine own abundant free grace and mercy to release us from those severe punishments which have most justly lain upon us for our provoking offences 4. Turn us O God of our salvation and cause thine anger toward us to cease Paraphrase 4. From thee O blessed Lord all our deliverance proceeds be thou pleased to interpose thy hand to perfect this work of mercy and reconciliation and restauration which thou hast so gratiously begun for us and pardon the deviations that since our return we have most unexcusably been guilty of 5. Wilt thou be angry with us for ever wilt thou draw out thy anger to all generations 6. Wilt thou not revive us again that thy people may rejoyce in thee Paraphrase 5 6. We have long been exercised under thy sharp hand of punishments and allmost been tempted to despair of any release either to our selves or our posterities and since thou hast brought us back to our countrey our new fresh provocations have again withheld thy loving kindness from us cast back the work of rebuilding thy Temple O be thou now pleased as thou hast begun to give us some essay of thy mercy to perfect and complete it to us to restore unto us that life and pleasure and joy which we were wont to enjoy in approaching to and attending on thee in thy Sanctuary 7. Shew us thy mercy O Lord and grant us thy salvation Paraphrase 7. This is a divine work of mercy and deliverance O Lord be thou gratiously pleased to afford it us 8. I will hear what God the Lord will speak for he will speak peace unto his people and to his saints but let them not turn again to folly Paraphrase 8. And this I am confident thou wilt now do in return to our prayers if we be but duly qualified to receive so great a mercy sincerely penitent for our former sins faithfully resolved on a new and holy life and continue constant in these vows of never relapsing to our former provoking sins All which we shall after such correction certainly be careful to performe if we be not the most stupid Tools in the world 9. Surely his salvation is nigh them that fear him that glory may dwell in our land Paraphrase 9. God certainly on his part will be most ready to perfect this mercy to us that thy Temple may be rebuilt and the glorious majestatick presence or inhabitation of God may return and be resetled in Jerusalem if we only be on our parts careful to qualifie our selves for the receiving it by sincere reformation and persevering obedience to his divine precepts 10. Mercy and truth are met together righteousness and peace have kissed each other Paraphrase 10. Let us be careful to approve the sincerity of our obedience to God and he will certainly crown that with his mercies all felicity and prosperity 11. Truth shall spring out of the earth and righteousness shall look down from heaven Paraphrase 11. Let our hearts fructifie in good works and God will cherish and reward them 12. Yea the Lord shall give that which is good and our land shall yield her increase Paraphrase 12. These two things shall never be separated our bringing forth fruits of righteousness and Gods heaping all manner of good upon us 13. Righteousness shall go before him and shall set us in the way of his steps Paraphrase 13. Our duty it is to walk obediently before him and then he will follow in performing his part of the Covenant of mercy bring us to all that is desirable or valuable to us Annotations on Psal LXXXV V. 2. Forgiven the iniquity 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 literally thou hast born or taken away iniquity is by the Chaldee rendred 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 pardoned and so by the Syriack by the LXXII 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 remitted And this with all that follows of covering their sin taking away his wrath c. a lively expression of what went before v. 1. the bringing back their captivity It is a maxim among the Jewish Doctors that Captivity is one way of expiation and so to return from thence was a sure indication that the sin for which it was inflicted was remitted or done away This saith Abarbanel was obumbrated in the Azazel or scape-goat which as the other that was slain was a sin-offering as appears Lev. 16. v. 5. He shall take two kids for a sin-offering And then the confessing the sins over him mentioned v. 21. Aaron shall lay both his hands on the head of the live goat and confess over him all the iniquities of the children of Israel c. putting them on the head of the goat And the goat shall bear upon him all their iniquities into a land of separation v. 22. shews that they were to carry their sins with them into the land of their captivity meant by the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the land of separation that land whatsoever it was whither the divine providence had designed their deportation From whence therefore being now returned their sins for which they were thus punished are supposed to be left behind them no more to be laid to their charge if their return to their former sins do not cause them to be called to remembrance Thus indeed they did as appears by the books of Ezra chap. 9.1 and Nehem. chap. 5. and chap. 13. and that gave sufficient occasion as for the Fast Ezra 9.3 and Nehem. 9.1 so for the earnest deprecations here following in this Psalm v. 4. V. 8. Not turn to folly For 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and they shall not or and let them not return to folly which the Chaldee and Syriack render to that sense the LXXII have 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and to them that turn their heart to him and the Latine ad eos qui convertuntur ad eor and to them
answer them 3. For my soul is full of troubles and my life draweth nigh unto the grave 4. I am accounted with them that go down unto the pit I am as a man that hath no strength Paraphrase 3 4. For this I am one way competently qualified viz. by the great measure of my present troubles and dangers mine own absolute impotence and the deplorableness and desperateness of my condition 5. Free among the dead like the slain that lie in the grave whom thou remembrest no more and they are cut off from thy hand Paraphrase 5. I am now so low that I begin to have the priviledges of dead men those that are at the lowest or that being brought down to the grave are out of the malice and thought of their enemies I am laid aside as one not considered or concerned in the affairs of this world sequestred from the conversation of Men and which is the worst part of my misery from the Sanctuary accounted by men as one wholly forgotten and forsaken by thee no part of thy care and as uncapable of restauration by thy power as those that are dead already 6. Thou hast laid me in the lowest pit in darkness in the deeps Paraphrase 6. Thou hast permitted me to be brought to a state of the utmost distress and destitution 7. Thy wrath lieth hard upon me and thou hast afflicted me with all thy waves Selah Paraphrase 7. The effects of thy displeasure lie very pressing upon me as one that leans with his whole weight upon another my afflictions come in one upon the neck of another as waves of the Sea beating upon any vessel 8. Thou hast put away mine acquaintance far from me thou hast made me an abomination unto them I am shut up and I cannot come forth Paraphrase 8. The sharpness of thy punishments hath averted all men from me they account me forsaken by thee and so they forsake me get aloofe from me as from an execrable thing and so leave me as in a prison a state of restraint and perfect solitude from which I cannotisce●rn any way of rescue or redress 9. Mine eye mourneth by reason of affliction Lord I have called daily upon thee I have stretched out my hands unto thee Paraphrase 9. I look and waite and languish but receive no mitigation to my afflictions I continually pray and importune thee my voice and hands and heart are for ever imployed in sending up my complaints to thee 10. Wilt thou shew wonders to the dead shall the dead arise and praise thee Selah Paraphrase 10. Thou hast promised me relief and so thy fidelity is concerned in it which therefore I am confident I shall at length receive from thee O when wilt thou please to reach it out and afford it me If thou dost not speedily I am likely to be consumed and destroyed by my pressures and then there will be no remedy no capacity of thy relief unless thou work a miracle for me and raise me when I am dead out of the grave again and so exercise not only thy special extraordinary providence and mercy but even thine omnipotent creative power in my restauration 11. Shall thy loving-kindness be declared in the grave or thy faithfulness in destruction 12. Shall thy wonders be known in the dark and thy righteousness in the land of forgetfulness 13. But unto thee have I cryed O Lord and in the morning shall my prayer prevent thee Paraphrase 13. All that I have to do O Lord is in prayer and with importunity daily and duly to solicite thee after this manner 14. Lord why castest thou off my soul why hidest thou thy face from me Paraphrase 14. Lord be thou at length pleased to receive my prayers which proceed from an humble and devout soul to restore thy favour and mercy to me 15. I am afflicted and ready to die from my youth up while I suffer thy terrors I am distracted Paraphrase 15. My pressures are very extreme and of long duration and the continual new dangers that incompass me put me in great anxiety and consternation 16. Thy fierce wrath goeth over me thy terrors have cut me off Paraphrase 16. The sense of thy displeasure and the direful expectation of all the miserable effects thereof till thou art pleased to look favourably on me do even overwhelme and destroy me 17. They came round about me daily like water they compast me about together Paraphrase 17. And like continual floods of water inclosing me round about leave no way of passage out of them 18. Lover and friend hast thou put far from me and mine e acquaintance into darkness Paraphrase 18. As for any humane aid of friends or neighbours I have not the least tender of that they from whom I had most reason to expect it are affrighted with the sight of my afflictions fly from me lest I should implore their aid and keep themselves at a great distance from me 'T is thou O Lord which hast thus punisht me for my sins and from the return of thy mercy alone am I to expect relief Annotations on Psal LXXXVIII Tit. Leannoth That 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies hollow instruments hath been taken notice of note on Psal 53. a. To this our English hath joyned Leannoth as if both together Maalath-Leannoth were a proper name But as the former was a mistake so the latter is a double addition to it first in that it is joyned to it when in the original 't is not 2. in that the importance of it which is plain is not considered 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is literally as from the LXXII their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Vulgar and the Interlinear read it ad respondendum for answering for which the learned Castellio reads alternis by way of answer or alternation This I suppose refers to the custome in singing their Anthems to instruments or the conjunction of vocal and instrumental Musick mentioned note on Psal 87. d. where the Corahites or singers beginning the tune as a praecentor the instruments follow to the very same tune which is properly stiled answering them this being the primary use of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as to begin so to continue a song to proceed or go on in a tune begun by any So 1 Sam. 18.7 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the women answered playing and said which phrase is expounded by the former verse which tells us that the women came out of all cities singing and dancing with tabrets with joy and with instruments of Musick and so their singing going first they followed or answered their voices with tabrets and instrumental Musick Proportionable to this was the antient Greek custome Poetically exprest by Apollo and the Muses Apollo singing and they following 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 answering with Musical instruments to the tune which he began So in Homer in a funeral there are first 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the beginners or praecentors of the lamentations and then
glorifying thee 6. For who in the heaven can be compared unto the Lord who among the sons of the mighty can be likened unto the Lord Paraphrase 6. For though they be glorious creatures and instruments and ministers of God yet there is no least comparison between all the power and operations of all those and that which is performed by God in these his admirable dispensations toward his people which therefore are to be lookt on with amazement and highest degree of reverence and adoration by all those glorious creatures which attend him 7. God is greatly to be feared in the assembly of his saints and to be had in reverence of all them that are about him 8. O Lord God of hosts who is a strong Lord like unto thee or to thy faithfulness round about thee Paraphrase 8. Thou art the Lord and only supreme commander of all those Armies of Angels and as thou art armed with power above all those so art thou guarded with fidelity by the former thou canst and by the latter thou wilt certainly perform all that thou hast covenanted with us 9. Thou rulest the raging of the Sea when the waves thereof arise thou stillest them Paraphrase 9. Thy power is sufficient to bring down and tame the proudest and most tumultuous element the very Ocean it self when it is most boysterous is immediately quiet at thy command 10. Thou hast broken Rahab in pieces as one that is slain thou hast scattered thine enemies with thy strong arme Paraphrase 10. By this means as once thou gavest thy people the children of Israel a passage out of Aegypt through the channel of the Red Sea so didst thou return the Sea upon Pharaoh and the Aegyptians the tyrannizing enemies of thy people destroyedst him there as discernibly and illustriously as if thou hadst slain him with a Sword and together with him by thine own immediate interposition didst then overwhelme and drown the Aegyptians 11. The heavens are thine the earth also is thine as for the world and the fulness thereof thou hast founded them Paraphrase 11. Thou art the only creator of the whole world and all that therein is thou gavest it that stable firm being that it hath so that the sea though much higher than the rest of the Globe doth not yet drown the earth And as in the Creation all was ordered by thy command so hast thou still the only right of power and dominion over all in the administration of things 12. The North and the South thou hast created them Tabor and Hermon shall rejoyce in thy name Paraphrase 12. All the regions of all the quarters of the earth as the Northern and Southern so the Western and Eastern coasts are created by thy power and protected and supported by it and accordingly are obliged to bless thy providence for all the least good that they enjoy 13. Thou hast a mighty arme strong is thy hand and high is thy right hand Paraphrase 13. Thy power is far removed above all the oppositions and resistances in nature whatsoever thou wilt thou art perfectly able to do and thy providential power of mercy of delivering and obliging is above all the other works of it eminently observable 14. Justice and judgment are the habitation of thy throne mercy and truth shall go before thy face Paraphrase 14. Whatsoever thou doest thy mercy and pity is discernible in it and so is thy justice and fidelity also Thou makest promises of abundant mercy to thy servants and never fallest to perform them 15. Blessed is the people that know the joyful sound they shall walk O Lord in the light of thy countenance Paraphrase 15. And 't is no small degree of bliss to be thus honoured by God as the people of Israel is to receive such stupendious mercies from him and to be taught the way of praising and acknowledging his mercies so as will be acceptable to him such as they are secured of Gods continual favour if they be not stupidly wanting to themselves there being no more required of them than humbly to beg and qualifie themselves to receive his mercies and then thankfully to acknowledge and being secured of this they can want nothing to live most comfortably and pleasurably Psal 135.3 16. In thy name shall they rejoyce all the day and in thy righteousness shall they be exalted Paraphrase 16. Two soveraign benefits shall they enjoy hereby 1. a continual delight and joy that they are favoured by thee which they shall as delightfully express in singing continual praises to thee and this very communion with God a confidence of Gods kindness and a perpetual blessing him for it is of all others the most pleasurable way of living a paradise or antepast of heaven here 2. the natural consequent of Gods favour and mercy his raising them up out of the most low and dejected state see v. 17. to the greatest height of dignity 17. For thou art the glory of their strength and in thy favour shall our horn be exalted Paraphrase 17. For though such men have no solid strength of their own yet by additions they receive from thee they may confidently attempt any thing and depend on thee for the performance And that gives us thy servants by thy continued favour and kindness to us an humble assurance that thou wilt raise us out of our present dejection v. 38. c. to an high degree of power and dignity see Luk. 1. note n. 18. For the Lord is our defence and the holy one of Israel is our King Paraphrase 18 The ground of our assurance being only this that the supreme God of heaven and earth he that hath made and performed such wonderful promises to this people of Israel and by his own special providence appointed David to be King over us by this owning us peculiarly as his own Kingdom is he that undertakes to shield and secure us from all dangers 19. Then thou spakest in vision to thy holy one and saidst I have laid help upon one that is mighty I have exalted one chosen out of the people 20. I have found David my servant with my holy oyle have I anointed him Paraphrase 19 20. One special act of his goodness to us it was that appearing in vision to Samuel the good Prophet he told him who it was that he had chosen to be King in Saul's stead to rule and defend his people a person of eminent vertues and though mean in the eyes of men an approved faithful servant of his herein an eminent type of Christ the fountain of all good to mankind 21. With whom mine hand shall be established mine arme also shall strengthen him Paraphrase 21. To him God promised to be always present and ready at hand to assist and preserve and secure him in all his undertakings 22. The enemy shall not exact upon him nor the son of wickedness afflict him Paraphrase 22. To protect him from the stratagems
praise or proclaim ye Gentiles but then again for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his people they reade 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with his people which is the conjunction of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 both As for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 let all the Angels of God worship him it is so far from having any the least affinity with the words in the Hebrew that 't is no way probable that it was in the original Copies of the Greek but onely by some Scribe cast into the margin from this Psalm it being certain that none of those ancient Translatours which use to follow the LXXII do follow it in this This consideration therefore will render it very unreasonable to fetch those words which the Apostle citeth out of the Scripture from this place of Deuteronomy where the original Text hath nothing like it and which the Hebrews to whom the Epistle was written did know was not to be found in the Hebrew when this Text in the Psalm in the Hebrew as well as Greek did so readily afford it Secondly this citation Heb. 1. coming in consort with many other testimonies of the Old Testament 't is observable that all the rest of the testimonies save onely that of I will be to him a father and he shall be unto me a son which seems to be taken from 2 Sam. 7.14 where they are spoken of Solomon the son of David a special type of Christ are taken out of this one book of Psalms Thou art my son this day have I begotten thee v. 5. from the express words Psal 2.7 Who maketh his Angels spirits c. v. 7. from Psal 104.4 Thy throne O God is for ever c. v. 8 9. from Psal 45.6 7. Thou Lord in the beginning c. v. 10 11 12. from Psal 102.25 26. Sit thou on my right hand c. v. 13. from Psal 110.1 And therefore in all probability from the same book of Psalms and therein from the express words in this Psalm this testimony was cited by the Apostle V. 11. Light R. Solomon reads 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 here in the notion of a plant or herb as we have it Isai 26.19 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the dew of herbs and 2 King 4.39 where the LXXII reade 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a corruption of the Hebrew 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 If this might be admitted it would be appliable to the Germen David which was to spring up as a tender plant But the conjunction with gladness here gives it the ordinary notion of light which is so gladsome and so fitly used for joy as darkness for sorrow the seed whereof is little saith Aben Ezra but the harvest great which R. Saadiah interprets the seed is in this world but the harvest in that to come The Jewish Arab reads Light is poured forth to the righteous The Ninety Eighth PSALM A Psalm Paraphrase The ninety eighth Psalm composed probably as a breviate of Moses's song at the delivery of the Israelites and destroying Pharaoh and the Aegyptians Exod. 15.1 c. is as the ninety sixth and seventh foregoing a prediction of Christ's Kingdom and the bringing the Gentile world in subjection to it it is thought to have been composed by David 1. O sing unto the Lord a new song for he hath done marvellous things his right hand and his holy arm hath gotten him the victory Paraphrase 1. It is now a most opportune season to praise and magnifie the Lord of heaven for all the miraculous deliverances which he hath wrought but especially for that glorious resurrection of the Messias out of the grave the pawn and pledge of ours a work of his omnipotent power and an evidence of his fidelity in making good his promise to him 2. The Lord hath made known his salvation his righteousness hath he openly shewed in the sight of the heathen Paraphrase 2. This mighty work of his in raising the Messias from the dead and the exact completion of his predictions and promises therein is by God appointed to be annunciated and proclaimed to all the men in the world to the Jews first beginning at Jerusalem Luk. 24.41 see v. 3. and then through all the Gentile regions to every creature 3. He hath remembred his mercy and truth to the house of Israel all the ends of the earth have seen the salvation of our God Paraphrase 3. And this not as a miracle onely though of a most stupendious nature but as an act of infinite goodness and promised mercy and so of fidelity in performing it the benefits whereof as they were first reached out to his own peculiar people the Jews so were they to extend and soon after to be preached and promulgate to the utmost nations of the world who have all their parts in the redemption from sin and satan atchieved and wrought by it 4. Make a joyfull noise unto the Lord all the earth make a loud noise and rejoyce and sing praise 5. Sing unto the Lord with the harp with the harp and the voice of a Psalm 6. With trumpets and sound of cornet make a joyfull noise before the Lord the King Paraphrase 4 5 6. This is true matter of the greatest joy and exultation to all men and deserves to be celebrated in the most solemn manner with all the instruments of musick used in the service of God and all little enough to express the glory of the work and the infinite advantages designed to us by Christ thus entring on his regal office and subduing all the world to the power of the Gospel that Scepter of his Kingdom 7. Let the Sea roar and the fulness thereof the world and they that dwell therein 8. Let the flouds clap their hands let the hills be joyfull together 9. Before the Lord for he cometh to judge the earth with righteousness shall he judge the world and the people with equity Paraphrase 7 8 9. The whole habitable world the heathen people that have been long under the servitude of their false idol worships shall now be redeemed from that slavery of sin and Satan their oracles and temples destroyed and the doctrine of the true God and practice of piety and justice and charity set up in their stead and thereby a most happy joyfull reformation wrought among men which deserves all the acknowledgments of humble and thankfull hearts See Psal 96.11 12 13. and note d. Annotations on Psal XCVIII V. 1. Victory From 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to deliver is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 here in Hiphil and being in construction with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the dative case signifies to bring help or relief to any The Jewish Arab reads And his right hand and his excellent power hath holpen his people So Psal 116.6 I was brought low 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and he helped me The Chaldee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hath relieved or redeemed him the LXXII 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉
〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the Latin salvavit sibi hath saved for him the Syriack 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as the Chaldee hath relieved or redeemed him This being here applied to God that his right hand and holy arm hath relieved him helped him brought him salvation or deliverance though by some figure it may be interpreted of God's relieving his people and setting forth himself victorious in the eyes of men yet most literally it belongs to the prophetick sense accomplisht in the resurrection of Christ for then in an eminent manner did the divine power called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his i. e. God's right hand and God's fidelity in making good his promised relief he will not leave my soul in hades fitly styled 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his holy arm bring him i. e. Christ relief in raising his dead body out of the grave and exalting him personally to God's right hand in heaven and this peculiarly seems to be the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the wonderfull things the complication of miracles which are here mentioned in the beginning and are the matter of the solemn thansgiving in the ensuing Psalm V. 8. Clap 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shall clap the hands is here applied to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the rivers as an expression of great joy The whole heathen world are here exprest by the several parts of this visible globe Sea and World and Rivers and Hills as before by Earth and Sea and Field and Trees Psal 96. see Note d. and so the joy that is here attributed to each of these being the joy of men in the world is fitly described by those expressions of joy which are frequent among men yet so as may have some propriety to those inanimate parts of which they are literally spoken In triumphs and ovations it is ordinary among men to make a loud and vehement noise and the roaring of the sea is not very unlike that and so likewise the mugitus which hath sometimes been heard to break out from hills in an earthquake and accordingly 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 make a loud noise is here applied to the sea v. 7. and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 cry vehemently to the hills v. 8. And so the clapping of the hands being a token of delight and approbation and the striking or dashing of the water in a river being for the noise of it a resemblance of that the rivers are here said to clap their hands The Chaldee saith Schindler explain it by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they shall strike or play on the timbrels with the hand but sure that is a false reading of the Chaldee the more emendate Copies reade 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 let the rivers clap their hands together c. and so the LXXII 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shall clap the hand The same phrase is used of trees Isa 55.12 and there both Chaldee and LXXII agree in the rendring 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they shall clap the hand or applaud with the boughs the clashing of boughs together in the tree being a like sound to that of clapping of hands The Jewish Arab reads And let the people of the rivers strike or clap their hands and the people of the mountains all of them cry aloud or shout The Ninety Ninth PSALM The ninety ninth Psalm anciently attributed to David seems first to refer to his quiet establishment in that Throne to which God had chosen him but prophetically also as the former to the kingdom of the Messias 1. THE Lord reigneth let the people tremble he sitteth between the Cherubims let the earth be moved Paraphrase 1. The omnipotent God of heaven that God that hath promised to be present in his sanctuary and appointed the Cherubims to be placed covering the propitiatory thereby to denote his presence there to all that seek him and pray to him hath at length been pleased to shew forth his power in behalf of his servant David hath discomfited the Canaanites and Jebusites and other his heathen enemies and now quietly seated him in his throne a lively image of his erecting the Messias's kingdom in mens hearts and so shall firmly continue in despite of all commotion or opposition whatsoever The gates of hell shall not prevail against the Church the spiritual kingdom of Christ here 2. The Lord is great in Zion and he is high above all people Paraphrase 2. And herein hath God magnified himself in the ●ight of all the people round about the God that is worshipt and presentiates himself in the Ark now placed in Zion is discerned even by heathen men to be far too strong for any nation to resist or oppose 3. Let them praise thy great and terrible name for it is holy Paraphrase 3. This they now are forced to acknowledge to dread his power and vengeance and confess that it is most justly evidenced on them to the subduing of them and magnifying his people This was more eminently fulfilled in the conversion of the Gentiles to Christ 4. The King's strength also loveth judgment thou doest establish equity thou executest judgment and righteousness in Jacob. Paraphrase 4. All the strength and ability that David hath had to bring him to this height and peace and stability he hath received wholly from God and that God which hath thus holpen him hath done it to this great end to punish sin and set up all manner of vertue casting out and destroying the detestable idolaters severely visiting their unnatural sins upon them and by excellent Laws and Rulers after his own heart indeavouring to advance the practice of all purity and justice and charity among the Jews 5. Exalt ye the Lord our God and worship at his footstool for he is holy Paraphrase 5. O let us all make our humblest united approaches unto him and as they that petition a Prince on earth use to cast themselves prostrate at his feet so let us be prostrate in his sanctuary see v. 9. that place of his peculiar residence where we are appointed to assemble and let us there uniformly adore and praise and magnifie him for this signal act of his glorious goodness and mercy toward us and offer up our prayers and supplications unto him as to one that never fails to make good his promise of hearing and answering the prayers of his faithfull servants which are ardently addrest to him 6. Moses and Aaron among his priests and Samuel among them that call upon his name they called upon the Lord and he answered them Paraphrase 6. Thus hath he constantly dispensed his mercies to his people at the prayer of those holy men whom he hath set over them Three eminent instances there are of it recorded One Exod. 32.11 when at the prayer of Moses God was propitiated after the great provocation of the golden calf A second Numb 16.46 when upon Aaron's making the atonement for the people in the business of Coreh the plague was stayed A third 1 Sam.
people and the sheep of his pasture Paraphrase 3. As being our way of conversing with the great and glorious omnipotent creator of heaven and earth to whom we owe all that we have our very being and conduct and preservation and to whom we are obliged to pay all the obedience and observance that the meekest creatures in nature pay to those that have care and conduct of them 4. Enter into his gates with thanksgiving and into his courts with praise be thankfull unto him and bless his name Paraphrase 4. O let us make our solemn addresses to his sanctuary that court or palace where his divine Majesty is signally pleased to exhibit himself and to testifie his peculiar residence and favourable audience to them who assemble there by the presence of his holy Angels in that place let us come thither with all the humility and devotion of loyal thankfull hearts and praise and magnifie his name for all the mercies we have ever received from him To which beginnings of the Praefect the whole quire of Priests answer 5. For the Lord is good his mercy is everlasting and his truth endureth to all generations Paraphrase 5. To this we have all imaginable obligations not onely that of his sovereign dominion over all to which therefore all the performances of our lives are but a most unproportionable tribute but also his abundant benignity his rich promises of a never failing mercy and his constant fidelity in performing to every man that is qualified for receiving it the utmost that he ever promised to any Annotations on Psal C. V. 3. Not we our selves The Jewish Arab follows here another reading not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to him and accordingly interprets it we are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to him or his his people and the sheep of his pasture And so the Chaldee also he hath made us 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and we are his but the Syriack and LXXII and Latin and Arabick accord in the other reading 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and not we V. 5. For the Lord is good That the Psalm was appointed to attend the oblation of the peace-offering appears by the title of it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Psalm of confession acknowledgment thanksgiving proportionable to that sacrifice of thanksgiving so styled Lev. 7.12 Now as in the offering of such the priests prepared and fired the sacrifices so the singers prepared and began the lauds And this Psalm being in the former part of it an admonition to blessing and praising which was the Levites office as the Deacons in the primitive Church who was therefore styled the monitor that invited or called upon them to pray Make a joyfull noise serve Come before his presence Know ye Enter be thankfull but in this last verse a General form of prayer used upon all occasions the Lord is good his mercy is everlasting and his truth endureth this last seems to be the Response of the whole Chorus of the Priests at the instant of the firing of the sacrifice the praefect or praecentor having begun the rest The Hundred and First PSALM A Psalm of David Paraphrase The hundred and first Psalm composed by David is a meditation and resolution of all care of piety both in his own person and family and in the administration of the regal office to incourage and advance vertue and rebuke and chastise impiety It seems to have been composed on occasion of bringing up the Ark to the city of David to qualifie them for the presence of that amongst them and it is an excellent directory to all persons in the greatest or lowest place of authority on earth whose sole end and design it ought to be if they desire God's blessing upon them to people the world with vertuous living and to discountenance all wickedness 1. I will sing of mercy and judgment unto thee O Lord will I sing Paraphrase 1. This Psalm will I address unto the Lord of heaven the subject of it being a firm resolution and vow that I have inwardly made to him for the setting up all goodness in my own my servants and subjects hearts and for the managing of that office to which he hath raised me so as may most tend to the incouraging of piety and repressing of impiety by distributing rewards and punishments with that impartial justice as shall most contribute to those ends 2. I will behave my self wisely in a perfect way O when wilt thou come unto me I will walk within my house with a perfect heart Paraphrase 2. Now that God hath restored my peace and establisht me in the Kingdom and afforded me this signal testimony of his presence the Ark of his Covenant I am obliged to endeavour my utmost to fit and qualifie my self for so great mercies and am therefore stedfastly purposed that from the day of his Arks coming into Jerusalem I will with all the wisedom and prudence with which he shall indow me set my self to the most exact performance of my duty and in all things indeavour to approve my self to him ordering all my affairs and actions those especially of my Court and of publick administration so as may best demonstrate the sincerity of my heart and the uprightness of my desires and purposes in his service 3. I will set no wicked thing before mine eyes I hate the work of them that turn aside it shall not cleave to me Paraphrase 3. I will not entertain any one unlawfull design though it should pretend to reason of state or appear to contribute to worldly advantages never so much The least declination from the rules of justice whatsoever the plausible pretence be I will for ever detest and avoid and never permit my self to be thus insnared by the politick maximes of the world as to admit that as prudential which is not exactly consonant to the strictest laws of justice and piety 4. A froward heart shall depart from me I will not know a wicked person Paraphrase 4. He that shall think to obtain my favour or gain admission into my Court or Counsels by being more shrewd or subtle or cunning than other men by being able to direct me to ways of serpentine wisedom shall much fail in his project There is none I shall more solicitously avoid and banish from my secrets or service than such being absolutely bent never to make use of any one such art in all my deliberations 5. Who so privily slandereth his neighbour him will I cut off him that hath an high look and a proud heart will not I suffer Paraphrase 5. Those ways of whispering and detraction by which men are wont to gain confidence and favour and imployment from Princes shall not onely miss of that success with me but be sure to be severely punished whensoever I meet with them As for those whose pride and ambition and insatiable desires of inriching or advancing themselves do put them forward to seek
immarcescible joy and bliss in another world and to their posterity in the blessings of this life which he hath promised not onely to the third and fourth but to the thousandth generation Exod. 20.6 and being thus by promise obliged will be sure to perform it to all those that are carefull to observe the condition of it 19. The Lord hath prepared his throne in the heavens and his kingdom ruleth over all Paraphrase 19. This is he surely able to doe being the omnipotent God of heaven and earth sitting in heaven as a great Monarch in his throne and exercising dominion over all creatures in the world who are all most ready to obey him and doe whatsoever he will have them But most eminently this will he doe by sending his Son the Messias into the world the spring of all grace and mercy who after his birth and death shall rise and ascend and enter on his regal office in heaven subduing the whole heathen world in obedience thereto See Rev. 4.2 20. Bless the Lord ye his Angels that excell in strength that doe his commandments hearkening unto the voice of his word 21. Bless ye the Lord all ye his hosts ye ministers of his that doe his pleasure Paraphrase 20 21. A natural and proper consequent to this it is that as Rev. 4.8 at the erecting of Christ's throne all the living creatures rest not day and night saying Holy holy so the Angels of heaven meant by those living creatures those Courtiers that attend his throne and are by him indued with the greatest power of any that incompass him many Myriads of them and doe whatsoever he commands them with all the readiness and speed imaginable these glorious creatures that are witnesses and ministers of his great and wonderfull acts of mercy should for ever bless and magnify his sacred name 22. Bless the Lord all his works in all places of his dominion bless the Lord O my soul Paraphrase 22. And that all the men in every corner of the world acknowledge and bless and praise his name as being all the subjects of his kingdom as well as works of his power among whom it is most just that I that have received such mercies from him should take up my part of the Anthem make one in the quire and consort of those that sing continual praises to him Annotations on Psal CIII V. 5. Thy mouth What 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 here signifies is not agreed among interpreters The Chaldee renders 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the days of thy old age referring it saith Schindler to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 old worn out clothes opposed to the renewing of the age which here follows But the word is used for the mouth Psal 32.9 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whose mouth must be holden the LXXII there render it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his jaws According to this notion it is that the Syriack here render it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thy body but the LXXII 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thy desire or sensitive appetite the satisfying of which is the providing for the body all the good things it standeth in need of and so is a commodious paraphrase for filling the mouth the organ of conveying nourishment to the body Aben Ezra and Kimchi that refer this Psalm to David's recovery from sickness give this farther account of the phrase because in sickness the soul refuseth meat Job 33.20 and the Physician restreins from full feeding and prescribes things that are nauseous In which respects the blessing of health is fitly described by the contrary Abu Walid recites two interpretations 1. that of our translators 2. taking 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the notion of ornament that multiplieth thy adorning with good i. e. that abundantly adorneth thee with good Aben Ezra approves the notion of ornament but applies it to the soul the ornament of the body i. e. who satisfieth thy soul with good And an Hebrew Arabick Glossary renders 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thy body Ibid. Thy youth is renewed like the Eagles Of the Eagle S. Augustin affirms that the beak grows out so long that it hinders her taking her food and so would endanger her life but that she breaks it off upon a stone and of this he interprets the renewing her youth here But S. Hierome on Isa 40.30 more fitly expounds it of the changing of feathers Of all birds it is known that they have yearly their moulting times when they shed their old and are afresh furnished with a new stock of feathers This is most observable of Hawks and Vultures and especially of Eagles which when they are near an hundred years old cast their feathers and become bald and like young ones and then new feathers sprout forth From this shedding their plumes they seem to have borrowed their name 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 an Eagle from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 decidit defluxit to fall or shed To their bareness or baldness the Prophet Micah refers c. 1.16 inlarge thy baldness as the Eagle 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as the Eagle whose feathers shed And to the coming again of their feathers Isaiah relates c. 40.30 they that wait on the Lord shall renew their strength 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as Eagles they shall send up their feathers 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they shall sprout out their feathers say the LXXII and so the Syriack 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they shall send out their wings but the Chaldee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and they shall be renewed to their youth just as here 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thy youth shall be renewed as an Eagle which therefore in all reason must refer to the new or young feathers which the old Eagle yearly sprouts out Aquila longam aetatem ducit dum vetustis plumis fatiscentibus novâ pennarum successione juvenescit The Eagle is very long-lived whilst the old plumes falling off she grows young again with a new succession of feathers saith S. Ambrose Serm. 54. So the Jewish Arab reads So that thy youth is renewed like the feathers of Eagles V. 7. His acts From 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to machinate to design to study to attempt to doe any thing is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 here annext to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his way by these to signifie the nature and ways of God or his dispensations toward men The place here evidently refers to Exod. 33. There Moses petitions God shew me thy way that I may know thee v. 13. and I beseech thee shew me thy glory v. 18. by his way and glory meaning his nature and his ways of dealing with men that they might discern what to conceive of him and expect from him And he said I will make all my goodness pass before thee and I will proclaim the name of the Lord v. 19. by which his nature is signified and what that name is is set down by enumeration of his attributes c. 34.6 The Lord the
Lord God mercifull and gracious long-suffering and abundant in goodness just as here in the next verse The Lord is mercifull Which concludes that God's 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 here are his nature that which in men would be called studium or indoles disposition or inclination as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his way is his dealings his methods or course of dealing with men the first his attributes the second his actions all which are totally made up of mercy and compassion and grace not punishing his servants according to their sins The LXXII fitly render it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his wills or inclinations but the Chaldee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his doings and so the Syriack 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but the learned Castellio most fully to the sense of the place in Exodus naturam suam his nature The Jewish Arab 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his nature or properties in the plural for so the word here is V. 11. Toward Though 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifie on and toward as well as above or over and be fitly so rendred v. 13. and 17. where as here God's mercy is said to be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 upon his children and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 upon them that fear him yet the comparison that is here made between the heaven and the earth and the height or excellence of one 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not upon but above the other being answered in the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by the greatness or strength so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies of God's mercy 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that phrase must by analogy be rendred above not upon or toward them that fear him And then the meaning must needs be this that whatsoever our fear or obedience to God be his mercy toward us is as far above the size or proportion of that as the heaven is above the earth i. e. there is no proportion between them the one is as a point to that other vast circumference nay the difference far greater as God's mercy is infinite like himself and so infinitely exceeding the pitifull imperfect degree of our obedience The other expression that follows v. 12. taken from the distance of the East from West is pitcht on saith Kimchi because those two quarters of the world are of greatest extent being all known and inhabited From whence it is that Geographers reckon that way their Longitudes as from North to South their Latitudes V. 20. Hearkning The notation of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in this place seems best exprest by the Arabick statim atque audiunt as soon as they hear for that is the character of the Angels obedience that as soon as they hear the voice of God's word as soon as his will is revealed to them they promptly and presently obey it The Chaldee render it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 at his voices being heard the LXXII 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as they hear or as soon as they hear The Hundred and Fourth PSALM The hundred and fourth Psalm is a most elegant pious meditation on the power and wisedom of God in framing and preserving all the creatures in the world 'T is uncertain by whom it was composed though in some Translations it hath David's name in the inscription of it 1. BLess the Lord O my soul O Lord my God thou art very great thou art clothed with honour and majesty Paraphrase 1. There is no more consonant imployment or exercise for the soul of man whose chief end and hope it is to come to the vision of God than to ponder and meditate on his glorious essence and attributes his power and providence or wisedom the greatness and vastness of the one and the infinite goodness and excellence of the other such as cannot but be liked and admired by all that consider it To which if I add his grace and mercy wherein he hath revealed himself to me not onely as a Lord and Prince of the whole creation but withall as my most gracious God and Father and Preserver and Redeemer I shall be obliged to acknowledge my self under innumerable ingagements to bless and magnifie him with my very soul and all the faculties thereof 2. Who coverest thy self with light as with a garment who stretchest out the heavens like a curtain Paraphrase 2. He hath set up his throne and palace in the highest heavens that place of the greatest splendor which was at first all light the chief work which is mentioned of the first days creation Gen. 1.3 In this he afterwards on the fourth day placed those glorious luminaries the Sun Moon and multitudes of Starrs Gen. 1.14 and on that glorious spangled robe the great Jehovah seems to shroud himself from humane view and whensoever he appears or exhibits himself to his servants being in himself an infinite spirit and so invisible to the eye of flesh he doth it in a bright shining cloud a weak image of that immense splendor and glory thereby to challenge that admiration and reverence which is most due to him Then under that pure luminous body of the heavens he framed on the second day the regions of the air Gen. 1.6 erected them as a spacious Tent or Tabernacle or Pavilion expanded and extended round about so as to incompass the earth which was placed in the midst of that great globe as the centre of it and by his secret power he hath ever since susteined it in this posture 3. Who layeth the beams of his chambers in the waters who maketh the clouds his chariot who walketh upon the wings of the wind Paraphrase 3. In the middle region of this element of air he placed also vast receptacles of waters Gen. 1.6 which he dispenseth to things below as he sees convenient for them and so also a multitude of clouds and if at any time he will evidence his special presence come down in judgment or in mercy among us men those clouds are his high triumphant chariot as it were wherein he sits and the wind as it were the wheels of that chariot on which as on the wings of Cherubims in the Ark overshadowing the mercy-seat i. e. by the ministery of Angels he is pleased to descend toward us 4. Who maketh his Angels spirits his ministers a flaming fire Paraphrase 4. For though he be able to doe all things by himself to administer the whole world as he first created it by a word by saying and it was done yet is he pleased to make use of the ministery of Angels who some of them in subtil bodies of air others of fire come down and execute his commands here upon the earth 5. Who laid the foundations of the earth that it should not be removed for ever Paraphrase 5. As for the globe of the earth which is incompassed with the regions of air and celestial spheres and hath no visible support to sustain so heavy a body hanging in the midst of such an expansion yet
that is wisedom and to depart from evil is understanding that by way of eminence the most excellent wisedom and understanding The Jewish Arab reads The first thing that wisedom gives in command is the fear of the Lord and a goodness of understanding is to all that doe that The Hundred and Twelfth PSALM Praise ye the Lord. The hundred and twelfth Psalm is a description of the present employments and felicities of the truly pious wan such as do much tend to the honour and praise of God who is so exceeding gracious unto all his servants that there cannot be a greater freedom and bliss than to be in the number of them And therefore the Psalm which describes this is by the Hebrews intituled Hallelujah though there be no other express praising of God in it It is composed like the former the several short metres beginning with the letters of the Hebrew Alphabet 1. BLessed is the man that feareth the Lord that delighteth greatly in his commandments Paraphrase 1. There is no true felicity but that which consists in a most carefull performance of all the commandments of God strictly abstaining from all that may displease him and chearfully practising all that he requires of us And indeed there is no such security of all true durable delight and pleasure as this the present gratefulness and the succeeding comforts of such practices to any truly vertuous mind are a continual feast of all others the most exceeding and all other pleasures in respect of this are nothing worth 2. His seed shall be mighty upon the earth the generation of the upright shall be blessed Paraphrase 2. And as this is the most pleasurable so is it the most thriving skilfull method to bring all greatness and flourishing upon any family to advance and inrich the posterity For as long as God hath the disposing of the good things of this world honour and wealth c. 't is unreasonable to imagine that any subtleties or policies projects or ambitions of ours which have impiety in them and thereby forfeit all title to God's benedictions shall be near so successfull toward our present worldly interests as a strict piety and constant adherence to the ways of God 3. Wealth and riches shall be in his house and his righteousness endureth for ever Paraphrase 3. The promise of the greatest abundance and confluence of earthly felicities being by God intailed on the persons and families of such men as well as the eternal rewards in another world See 1 Tim. 4.8 4. Unto the upright there ariseth light in the darkness he is gracious and full of compassion and righteous 5. A good man sheweth favour and lendeth he will guide his affairs with discretion 6. Surely he shall not be moved for ever the righteous shall be in everlasting remembrance Paraphrase 4 5 6. And if any affliction at any time befall such as the promises of felicities in this world are always to be taken with the exception of the cross some mixtures of afflictions for gracious and wise ends the punishing our sins here that they be not punisht hereafter the curing our spiritual maladies and exercising our graces yet are there such allays joyned with it such strengths to support and such seasonable and oft unexpected issues and deliverances out of it that this cannot be lookt on otherwise than as a special work of his mercifull providence toward them And which is oft to be observed this supply from God of allays and comforts in affliction together with timely deliverances out of it shall certainly be performed unto good men not onely because 't is promised them and therefore shall not fail them but also because 't is made over to them from God's special providence as a reward most fitly apportioned to several graces in them as 1. to their charity and bounty and compassion to others giving and lending to all that are in distress God hath promised such by way of proportionable reward that they shall receive mercy as the wages of their mercifulness and not onely in another world but in this they shall be blessed on earth Psal 37.25 So 2. to discreet moderation and temper both of their words and actions Good men if they be throughly sincerely such are meek and not apt to be impatient in words or deeds and so they contribute much to the allaying of their afflictions and softening their persecutors both which ragefull and impatient behaviour is wont to exasperate And then 't is over and above a reward of their patience and meekness and discretion which God hath allotted them to temper and sweeten and timely to remove their sufferings who bear them so well at least to afford them strength to make them very supportable By these means whatever misadventures they may for a time meet with here God will assuredly provide for them yea and for their posterity if they go on constantly in their steps he will give them stability in the prosperities of this life and because a good name after death is as great a blessing as wealth or honour in this life that proportion shall be secured to them also their memory shall be fresh and flourishing among all posterities when their bodies are rotten in their graves and by their example they shall benefit many when by their actions they can no longer oblige them 7. He shall not be afraid of evil tidings his heart is fixt trusting in the Lord. 8. His heart is established he shall not be afraid untill he see his desire upon his enemies Paraphrase 7 8. Another special privilege there is that belongs to every pious man His adherence to God and dependence on him is an amulet against all worldly fears or apprehensions when the news of danger or misery the one imminent the other already present assaults him it is not able to disquiet or disturb him The reason is he hath resigned his whole being into God's wisest disposal and is assuredly perswaded that his divine choices are to be preferred that what he sends or permits to fall is fitter for his turn than any thing else that he could chuse for himself and consequently that if God sees it not good for him he will avert it before it come or remove it speedily and by this one assurance he is compleatly fortified not onely for a patient but chearfull entertainment of all that is or shall come remains unmoved and well pleased with God's present dispensations whatsoever they are and so constantly continues till the same hand that sent them give him release and deliverance out of them which in God's good time shall be done also 9. He hath dispersed he hath given to the poor his righteousness endureth for ever his horn shall be exalted with honour Paraphrase 9. As for his charity and constant liberality to the poor which is a special piece of piety and interpreted by God as if it were done to himself it never goes unrewarded One crown is reserved
applied because as the Jewish Doctors tell us 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Levites repeat not the song of the oblation but onely over the drink-offering Yet there was also the more private in their families the cup of thanksgiving or commemoration of any deliverance received This the master of the family was wont to begin and was followed by all his guests S. Paul calls it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the cup of blessing that which was drank as a symbol of thanksgiving and blessing and had forms of commemoration and praise joyned with it and so by the Fathers Justin Martyr c. used of the Sacrament is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the wine that hath thanksgiving said over it The use of it was either daily after each meal or more solemn at a festival In the daily use of it they had this form 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Blessed be our God the Lord of the world who hath created the fruit of the vine But on festival days there was joyned with it an hymn proper for the day as upon the Passeover for the deliverance out of Aegypt as we see Matt. 26.30 where the Paschal commemoration or postcoenium advanced by Christ into the Sacrament of his bloud was concluded after the Jewish custom with an hymn And so here with the cup of salvation is joyned 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a calling upon the name of the Lord. And both the more private and the solemn performance of this with all the magnificent rites of solemnity belonging to it is called the paying of vows to the Lord that thanksgiving and acknowledgment which men in distress may be supposed to promise upon condition of deliverance or if they promise not are however bound to perform as a due return or payment for their deliverance V. 15. Precious The notion of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in this place for rare or precious must be so taken as not to signifie that which is spoken of to be desirable to or in the presence of the Lord for it is the life not the death of his servants that is precious in that sense to God the preserver of their lives But for their death to be precious is in effect no more than that it is so considered rated at so high a price by God as that he will not easily grant it to any one that most desires it of him Absalom here hostilely pursued David and desired his death he would have been highly gratified with it taken it for the greatest boon that could have befallen him but God would not thus gratifie him nor will he grant this desire easily to the enemies of godly men especially of those that commit themselves to his keeping as David here did and therefore is called God's 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 see note b. on Psal 86. for to such his most signal preservations do belong peculiarly The Jewish Arab here reads Precious with the Lord 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the putting to death his saints or giving up to death The Hundred and Seventeenth PSALM The hundred and seventeenth is a solemn acknowledgment of God's mercy and fidelity and an exhortation to all the world to praise him for it 1. O Praise the Lord all ye nations praise him all ye people 2. For his mercifull kindness is great toward us and the truth of the Lord endureth for ever Praise ye the Lord. Paraphrase 1 2. All the heathen nations of the world and all the people dispersed over the face of the earth have a singular obligation as well as the children of Israel Abraham's seed according to the flesh to praise and magnifie the name of God see Rom. 15.11 and that especially for his great and transcendent mercy toward them in the work of their redemption and the promulgation of his Gospel to them wherein his promise of mercy to Abraham and his seed for ever i. e. to his true spiritual posterity to the sons and heirs of his Faith unto the end of the world shall be most exactly performed and therein his fidelity as well as mercy manifested Annotations on Psal CXVII V. 1. Nations That 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 all the nations here and in the next word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 all people signifie in the greatest latitude all the nations and people of the Gentile world even 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the whole creation and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the whole world Mar. 16.15 appears both by Matt. 28.19 where parallel to those phrases in S. Mark is no more than 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 all the nations here but especially by Rom. 15. where for a proof of God's purpose that the Gentiles should be received into the Church and joyn with the believing Jews in one consort of Christian love and faith and praise God together in the same congregation the proof is brought as from several other texts so from these words in this Psalm And this not onely by express citing v. 11. And again Praise the Lord all ye nations and laud him all ye people but also in the front of the testimonies by the phrases 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for the truth of God v. 8. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for the mercy or pity of God v. 9. both which are here mentioned v. 2. For thus the discourse there lies Christ was a minister of the circumcision i. e. was by God appointed an instrument of the Jews greatest good preaching the Gospel first to them calling them to repentance c. and this for the truth of God i. e. to make good God's fidelity or performance of covenant to them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to confirm the promises made to the fathers i. e. to Abraham c. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and that the Gentiles for his mercy might glorifie God where though this preaching the Gospel to the Gentiles was a work of mercy not so much as promised to or lookt for by them and so there is nothing but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 pity compassion toward them yet is this an effect of that ministery of Christ which was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for the truth of God i. e. a completion of that promise made to Abraham that he should be the father of many nations which had never its perfect completion till the Gentiles came and sat down with Abraham became sons of this faith of Abraham in this kingdom of heaven the Church of Christ And exactly to this sense the second verse of this Psalm is to be understood as the reason why all the Gentile world is to praise and magnifie the name of God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 c. because the mercy of God is strong upon us 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was confirmed say the LXXII and Latin and the Syriack 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 grew strong was in full force upon us i. e. all that mercy which is promised to Abraham for his spiritual as well as carnal seed is fully made
Paraphrase 1 2 3. It is now a season of singing most solemn praises and making the most humble acknowledgments unto God for all his goodness and mercy and grace afforded us O let all his faithfull servants those especially whose office it is to wait at his altar joyn ardently and uniformly in the performance of so joyous and pleasant a duty 4. For the Lord hath chosen Jacob to himself and Israel for his peculiar treasure Paraphrase 4. And two things especially are to be the ingredients in our lands First that God hath vouchsafed to us the dignity and prerogative beyond all other nations in the world that of being his own special care and charge whom he hath peculiarly chosen and espoused to pour out his liberalities among us 5. For I know that the Lord is great and that our Lord is above all Gods Paraphrase 5. Secondly that the power and greatness of this our God doth infinitely exceed all that is so much as pretended to by all the false Idol-deities which are worshipped by other nations 6. Whatsoever the Lord pleased that did he in heaven and in earth in the seas and in all deep places Paraphrase 6. The latter of these is evident in the works of his creation and preservation all that is or ever was in the several parts of the universe the heavens and earth and ocean being at first produced and ever since continued by this power of his 7. He causeth the vapours to ascend from the ends of the earth he maketh lightnings for the rain he bringeth the wind out of his treasuries Paraphrase 7. All the vapours that ascend from any part of this lower world are drawn up by means which he in his wisedom hath appointed for that work and out of them he frameth in the air meteors of diverse kinds clouds that dissolve in rain and flashes of lightning which often accompany that rain and yet neither dry up that nor are quencht by it a work of his wonderfull managery and then the most boisterous winds which no man can imagin whence they come or whither they go but onely that they are laid up by God in some unknown receptacle and from thence brought forth when or for what uses he pleaseth 8. Who smote the first born of Aegypt both of man and beast 9. Who sent tokens and wonders into the midst of thee O Aegypt upon Pharaoh and upon all his servants Paraphrase 8 9. And this omnipotent power of his was he pleased to interpose for us in bringing our ancestours out of Aegypt after he had shewed forth many prodigies of judgments upon the King and all the people of Aegypt at length causing a sad lamentation through the whole land by killing every first-born both of Pharaoh the King and of all other the greatest and meanest inhabitants and extending the stroke even to the first-born of cattel by which act of severity upon them they were perswaded to dismiss the people out of their land 10. Who smote great Nations and slew mighty Kings 11. Sihon King of the Amorites and Og King of Basan and all the Kingdoms of Canaan 12. And gave their land for an heritage an heritage unto Israel his people Paraphrase 10 11 12. So again did he magnifie his transcendent controlling power in subduing those gyantly Kings and people Sinon and the Amorites Numb 21.24 and Og the King of Basan and his army v. 34 35. and the whole Kingdom of Canaan the Kings and all their cities Numb 21.3 whom by no power of their own but by God's delivering them into their hands v. 2. they utterly destroyed And having thus evidenced his power which was the latter thing mentioned v. 5. he also magnified his mercy to us which was the former thing v. 4. to which the Psalmist goes back after the Scripture style see note on Matt. 7. b. in giving us this whole land of Canaan a fruitfull and pleasant land for us and our posterity to injoy by his divine gift as if it had descended to us from our fathers 13. Thy name O God endureth for ever and thy memorial O Lord throughout all generations 14. For the Lord will judge his people and he will repent himself concerning his servants Paraphrase 13 14. Thus are the power and bo●ty of our God magnified toward us and we obliged never to forget either of them but commemorate them to all ages For though God for our sins doth sometimes justly permit us to be opprest and disturbed by our enemies yet such is his goodness and mercy to us still that upon our returning and repenting he is pleased to return and repent also to pardon our sins to take our parts and avenge us on our enemies See Deut. 32.36 15. The Idols of the heathen are silver and gold the work of mens hands 16. They have mouths but they speak not eyes have they but they see not 17. They have ears but they hear not neither is there any breath in their mouths 18. They that make them are like unto them and so is every man that trusteth in them Paraphrase 15 16 17 18. On the other side the gods of the heathen world v. 5. are all but lifeless in●nimate images see Psal 115 4 5 c. not able to afford the least aid to any of their ●otaries A sad reproach that to all those that first make and then pray to and expect assistance from them and an argument that they are but a sort of stocks and stones and images themselves that can believe in or hope for good from such senseless pictures of men whom they worship for Gods 19. Bless the Lord O house of Israel bless the Lord O house of Aaron 20. Bless the Lord O house of Levi ye that fear the Lord bless the Lord. 21. Blessed be the Lord out of Zion which dwelleth in Jerusalem Praise ye the Lord. Paraphrase 19 20 21. And the sadder the condition is of such worshippers of all the gentile world which is thus infatuated the more are we of Israel obliged to bless and magnifie the Lord of heaven if it be but for that blessing bestowed so graciously and happily upon us of rescuing us out of the blindness and sottishness and utter darkness which possesseth the hearts of the far greater part of the world And on this account as also for all other his mercies it is the special duty of this whole nation thus assumed by him to be his people but especially the Priests and Levites and all his faithfull servants whom he hath yet more obliged separated them from the rest of this people and assumed them yet nearer to himself to bless and praise and magnifie his holy and glorious name to assemble together at the place of his solemn worship the place where he is pleased in a most special manner to reside and presentiate and exhibit himself unto them that address themselves to him there and there to sing continual Hosannahs and Hallelujahs to him
was principally designed 6. To him that stretched out the earth above the waters for his mercy endureth for ever Paraphrase 6. A like act of infinite power and wisedom it was when the waters covered the face of the earth and so rendred it unhabitable to us to prepare vast receptacles for the waters and thither to convey and remove them from the surface of the earth and so to secure the earth by bounds set to the Ocean that it shall not be overflowed by it but remain a peaceable fruitfull safe habitation for us which is an act of the same infinite constant mercy 7. To him that made great lights for his mercy endureth for ever 8. The sun to rule by day for his mercy endureth for ever 9. The moon and stars to rule by night for his mercy endureth for ever Paraphrase 7 8 9. A like act of his power and wisedom it was and so also of his infinite mercy and bounty toward us that he created the sun moon and stars for such excellent benefits of mankind not onely illuminating this lower world of ours but refreshing and warming and sending forth various influences into every the meanest creature by these great instruments managing and guiding and preserving and by propagation continuing all creatures directing them in all their undertakings preparing both for work and rest and providing all things necessary for them 10. To him that smote Aegypt in their first-born for his mercy endureth for ever 11. And brought out Israel from among them for his mercy endureth for ever 12. With a strong hand and with a stretched out arm for his mercy endureth for ever 13. To him which divided the red sea into parts for his mercy endureth for ever 14. And made Israel to pass through the midst of it for his mercy endureth for ever 15. But overthrew Pharaoh and his host in the red sea for his mercy endureth for ever Paraphrase 10 11 12 13 14 15. But yet more peculiarly hath his power and mercy to us been magnified in rescuing our whole nation out of the slavery and oppressions of Aegypt and this in a most prodigious manner multiplying judgmen● upon the Aegyptians 〈◊〉 one degree to mother till at length he destroyed the first-born in every family upon which they were inforced to let us go but then farther interposing for us by making the red sea recede till our people past through the chanel of it and then bringing it back again in a full violence upon the armies of the Aegyptians which pursued us at our departure and overwhelming and drowning all of them which was such an heap of prodigies of mercies to us his unworthy people that no story hath ever exemplified in any other time 16. To him which led his people through the wilderness for his mercy endureth for ever Paraphrase 16. And after this leading us through the desart for many years together he miraculously provided necessaries for us sending us bread from heaven abundance of delicate food and water out of a rock of ●nt and so gave us con● testimonies of his infinite unexhausted bounty 17. To him which smote great Kings for his mercy endureth for ever 18. And slew famous Kings for his mercy endureth for ever 19. Sihon King of the Amorites for his mercy endureth for ever 20. And Og the King of Bashan for his mercy endureth for ever 21. And gave their land for an heritage for his mercy endureth for ever 22. Even an heritage unto Israel his servant for his mercy endureth for ever Paraphrase 17 18 19 20 21 22. And then to perfect his mercy he led us to that land of Canaan which he had promised to give to the posterity of Abraham and by his sole power and conduct inabled us to conquer and destroy great and eminent Princes with their whole armies such were Sihon and Og see Psal 135.11 12. and Numb 21.24 c. which came out against us and by these slaughters rooted them out planting us in their stead giving us a most fertile Kingdom to possess as our own for our selves and our posterities An unparallel'd number and weight of mercies which ought for ever to be commemorated by us And yet for all this but a weak imperfect shadow and resemblance of the redemption of mankind out of a far more unsupportable slavery under sin and Satan which by the gift of his own Son he hath wrought for us 23. Who remembred us in our low estate for his mercy endureth for ever 24. And hath redeemed us from our enemies for his mercy endureth for ever Paraphrase 23 24. And though since our coming unto all this plenty he hath permitted us upon our provoking sins to be brought low and oppressed by our enemies yet hath he not utterly forsaken us but again returned in mercy to us and rescued us out of their hands and restored us wonderfully to our former peace and safety 25. Who giveth food to all flesh for his mercy endureth for ever Paraphrase 25. Yet neither are his mercies confined and inclosed within so narrow a pale as this of the people of Israel but it is inlarged to all mankind even to all living creatures in the world which as they have from him their original being so have they their continual support and a constant supply to all their wants of what sort soever they are all that is necessary to their bodies as well as their souls 26. O give thanks to the God of heaven for his mercy endureth for ever Paraphrase 26. All which and all the goodness that any man partakes of in this life is but an efflux from that unexhausted fountain of infinite bounty descends from the Father of lights the one Creatour and preserver and governour of the world and so is to be own'd and acknowledged by all and he to have the th●nks and honour and glory of it O let all men in the world pay him this tribute and never miss to commemorate his endless mercies The Hundred and Thirty Seventh PSALM The hundred thirty seventh is a description of the sadness of the Babylonish captivity and the peoples vehement desire and hopes to return to Canaan and seems to have been composed presently after the return from the Captivity or when they saw the taking and wasting of Babylon to approach 1. BY the waters of Babylon there we sat down yea we wept when we remembred Zion Paraphrase 1. In the time of our deportation and captivity being carried so far and deteined so long from the comforts of our own countrey we had no divertisement but that of reposing our selves on the banks of Euphrates and Tigris c. and bewailing our losses and recounting the felicities we once enjoyed when we were allowed the solemn publick meeting for the service of God at the Temple 2. We hanged our harps upon the willows in the midst thereof Paraphrase 2. As for the instruments of our Musick which were wont to assist in the quire and help to
people whose God is the Lord. Paraphrase 15. This were a very happy condition indeed and this and all other happiness of what sort soever is the sure and constant portion of those that perform faithfull obedience unto God and depend on him onely for the acquiring it Annotations on Psal CXLIV V. 3. What is man By 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 man and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 son of man as all or any of mankind may be understood in the condition of frail mortal miserable and unworthy creatures so the Psalmist himself David and the son of David the Messias is especially to be understood in this place The occasion of the Psalm is by the title in the LXXII and Latin and Arabick not improbaly noted to be the combat with Goliah And for the setting out the wonderfull mercy of God to him in that 't was very considerable that he was but a young stripling the youngest and most inconsiderable of all the sons of Jesse who also was but an ordinary man And accordingly Psal 8. which hath probably been resolved to be composed on this occasion of Goliah of Gath the same consideration hath a principal place v. 4. What is man that thou art mindfull of him and the son of man that thou visitest him there 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 weak man and son of mortal ordinary man as here 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Which accordance as it is some argument to confirm that as this Psalm to have been composed on that occasion so it will apply these words in their more eminent prophetick mystical sense to Christ our Saviour in his state of humiliation wherein yet by the power of his Divine nature he did so many wonderfull works by virtue of the Apostle's testimony Heb. 2.6 where he cites those words from Psal 8.4 exactly parallel to these and applies them particularly to Christ V. 8. Mouth speaketh vanity In this verse somewhat more seems to be exprest than is ordinarily observed in it The Chaldee interprets it of false oaths and wicked laws and the most obvious sense is followed by the rest of the interpreters vain or lying speeches and wicked works or actions and thus it may fitly enough be adapted as the motive to God to destroy them But if we consider 1. that the prayer is against David's enemies the Philistims and those by the title of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sons of the stranger the title that ordinarily belongs to Idolaters and 2. that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vanity and falshood frequently signifie the false Idol gods and 3. that their mouth speaking fitly signifies profession either of a true or false God and 4. that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their right hand may poetically signifie him or them on whom they depend as their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their patrons or auxiliaries as when it is said the Lord at my right hand Psal 110.5 and many the like the meaning is he assists and takes my part and so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 right hand of falshood be a vain gainless helper that fails all that depend on him on these considerations it will not be unreasonable thus to interpret the whole verse of these idolatrous Philistims whose gods cannot stand them in any stead against the one true God of heaven to whom David makes his address and that this is the fuller importance of it and that as a motive fit here to be used in a prayer to God to incline him to own his suppliants against such kind of enemies as these V. 12. Corner-stones From 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 an angle or corner two formations there are in these 12 and 13. verses 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and are to be distinguisht by the matter of the context For as in a building there are either the exteriour or interiour parts and corners so here the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or outer corners are the stones in the corners of the building angular pillars saith Castellio which are here 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hewen and squared and carved and so for the beauty of them in an 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 palace especially are fit to express the daughters of a prosperous family in whom beauty is much valued But 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the inner parts or corners of the building are the repositories places on purpose for keeping of store and provisions such are cellars larders and the like which the LXXII rightly render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the Latin promptuaria repositories for all kind of provisions and not so fitly garners or granaries which are proper to corn or grain The former of these 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is rendred by the LXXII 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 beautified either by way of paraphrase as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 carved or polished they render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 adorned about or as if it were from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 beauty or splendour and so the Chaldee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 beautifull Of the latter when 't is here said that being full they bring forth or yield 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 this is interpreted by them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from this to that not by mistake probably of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as some conceive but as taking 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as it is for a word of a large signification to signifie any thing to which the matter spoken of shall determin it and so sure the Chaldee doe which render it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from year to year particularly any kind of food or victuals and so by this phrase from this to that meaning from this sort to that sort as Aben Ezra and Kimchi understand it i. e. somewhat of all sorts to express the greatest plenty of all commodities for daily use or provisions The Jewish Arab renders 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by measures V. 14. Strong to labour From 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to carry on shoulders as a porter doth is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 here not so much to signifie their patience of weight as the Chaldee interpret it by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 patient of burthen and strong-backt for carriage or service saith Abu Walid and so the Jewish Arab our oxen carrying forth good for oxen were not then wont to be so imployed to bear burthens on their backs or shoulders though now adays the Turcomen and such like moving people use to carry their tents and other utensils on cows backs but more probably to note the weight of flesh they carry about with them which therefore the LXXII render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Latin crassae thick or fat the Syriack 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 strong for so those are that are most fleshy and so onustus is wont to be used for rich or one that is in all plenty and so not for
〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and so taken up by the Aethiopick V. 16. The desire In this place it is doubtfull to what subject 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the last words of the verse belongs From 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 voluit placuit the noun signifies will good pleasure benevolence favour With thy favour 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hast thou defended me Psal 5.12 so Isa 49.8 I have heard thee in the time 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of favour we render it acceptable time parallel to a day of salvation that follows where as the salvation is the deliverance wrought by God so the favour must be God's also And thus the word may probably seem to be used here he satisfieth every living thing so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 must be rendred 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with or by his favour 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 say the LXXII thou fillest every living thing with thy good pleasure the Latin have benedictione with thy benediction perhaps reading 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the Aethiopick more expresly according to thy decree or good pleasure the Jewish Arab reads every living thing with favour good will or complacency from thee But the Chaldee reads 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the plural which cannot belong to God thou satisfiest all living with their will or desire and the Syriack 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thou satisfiest the desire of all living And so the learned Castellio optatis satias thou satisfiest them with their desires i. e. with the things which are desired by them And to this sense the use of the same word v. 19. inclines where of God it is said 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he will doe or perform the will of them that fear him V. 17. And holy Of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 there can be no question but 't is to be rendred when spoken of God mercifull abundantly good and so 't is here joyned with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 righteous in the notion thereof frequently exemplified for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 pitifull or charitable or liberal for both these are here clearly inferred from the three last verses which are instances of his mercy and bounty In this place is fit to be observed what we find in the LXXII their translation after v. 13. and before v. 14. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The Lord is faithfull in his words and holy in all his works The same we have in the Syriack and Latin and Arabick and Aethiopick and onely miss it in the Original and in the Chaldee And that it is not added superfluously by the rest but really wanting in these we have this argument of some appearing force Because the Psalm being Alphabetical and exactly so in all other parts is yet deficient in the letter Nun as now we have it in the Hebrew which yet from this reading of the LXXII c. is so readily supplied 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that there seemeth little cause of doubt but this was the ancient reading and so continued to the time when the LXXII first and after when the Syriack made their translations If thus it were the occasion of the omission seems most probably to be taken from this v. 17. the words whereof being of so great affinity with those others might by unskilfull scribes be confounded and conceived to be the same with them and so on that conceit deliberately left out in one place to avoid that which they deemed a Tautology But if this were it then herein they erred more than one way For first it is no news for this Psalmist in his lauds of God to repeat the same expression more than once witness that solemn Epiphonema His mercy endureth for ever 2. These two verses if they be better considered are not the same but perfectly different and each of them according to that difference fitted to the place wherein according to the alphabetical order they ought to stand The eleventh twelfth and thirteenth verses are spent in admiration of the power and glory of God's kingdom and that is fitly concluded with an Epiphonema of God's fidelity in performing of all his promises and perfect justice and holiness and other divine excellencies in all his dispensations toward men And that is the sum of the letter Nun which therefore with very good harmony follows the thirteenth verse and so will put forward the fourteenth which now is Saniech unto the fifteenth which is the proper place for it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The Lord is faithfull in his words and holy in all his works i. e. veracity and holiness are two great inseparable attributes of God the one in his words he never affirmeth what is not most true or promiseth what he doth not perform the other in his actions and works of providence wherein he is so far from having any real causality in the sins of Angels and Men that he doeth all that reasonably can be done by a God of holiness and purity toward any rational and free agents whom he means to punish and reward according to their works to prevent them and assist them and inlighten their minds and sanctifie their hearts thereby to keep them from sinning or to return them by repentance to that innocence as near as may be from which they are fallen And this as the chief exercise of his kingdom of grace the glories whereof are set out in those three verses immediately foregoing Whereas this which is now the seventeenth but in that other account ought to be the eighteenth verse as it is introduced by the three verses more which are all spent in the view of the transcendent compassion mercy and liberality of God so being duly rendred it is a very proper Epiphonema to conclude and shut up the praises of God in that behalf The Lord is righteous in all his ways and mercifull in all his works Where 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 righteous and mercifull are but two words ordinarily used in scripture to signifie charity and compassion the former not that righteousness which we style justice but that charity which is by the law of God due to all men and so in us is our righteousness and in God is his goodness and charity to mankind and the latter a more abundant degree of that styled goodness graciousness bowels of compassion in man and the most transcendent degree of infinite mercy and pity in God The LXXII render the former of these 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Latin justus and that being understood in our ordinary notion of justice was apt to be conceived all one with faithfull or true in that former verse And the LXXII again render the latter of these by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which Greek word indeed oft signifies holy and so is interpreted sanctus by the Latin but being but lightly changed by cutting off the last letter from the Hebrew 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and giving it the Greek termination 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for so both 〈◊〉 〈◊〉
God will make use of such imploy and assist and prosper them wonderfully in executing his judgments on sinfull people when the measure of their iniquities is filled up and God's decree gone out against them as it was against the seven nations whose lands the Israelites took destroyed their Kings put some of them in gyves as Adonibezek Jud. 1.7 and eradicated the whole people And thus in a mystical sense hath the faith of Christ been assisted by God and prospered and propagated wonderfully till it subdued the greatest Princes and Empire of the world to the sceptre of Christ And this certainly is a glorious prerogative of the people and beloved of God for which they are obliged for ever to magnifie him and sing perpetual Hallelujahs to him The Hundred and Fiftieth PSALM Praise ye the Lord. The last Psalm is a solemn exhortation to all men in the world to make use of all melodious Instruments and Voices to celebrate the praises of God's power and majesty The title of it was according to the matter Hallelujah 1. PRaise God in his sanctuary praise him in the firmament of his power Paraphrase 1. O let us praise and magnifie the God of heaven that dwelleth so high in power and glory above us poor creatures on this earth and yet is pleased to exhibit and presentiate himself to us to hear and answer our prayers and accept and reward our praises in the place of the publick assembly O let us be sure constantly to meet him there and render him our humblest Eucharistical acknowledgments for all his mercies those especially vouchsafed to us in Christ 2. Praise him for his mighty acts praise him according to his excellent greatness Paraphrase 2. He hath shewed forth wonderfull acts of power toward us not once or twice but frequently reiterated his miracles of mercy O let our acknowledgments indeavour to bear some proportion with them in the ardency and frequency of our services 3. Praise him with the sound of the trumpet praise him with the psaltery and harp 4. Praise him with the timbrel and dance praise him with stringed instruments and organs 5. Praise him upon the loud cymbals praise him upon the high-sounding cymbals Paraphrase 3 4 5. All the instruments of Musick that are at any time used to express the greatest ovations to attend the noblest triumphs or festivities the trumpet the psaltery or decachord the harp the timbrel the cymbals that have the loudest sounds and are fittest for exultation and withall the attendants of musick dancings such as are customary in seasons of rejoycing Jud. 21.21 Exod. 15.20 are all very proper expressions of that thanksgiving which we owe unto God and of the delight we take in paying him that tribute There being no subject so fit for our devoutest and most vigorous affections to pour out themselves upon as this of the glorious excellencies and gracious acts of the divine power and goodness toward us 6. Let every thing that hath breath praise the Lord. Praise ye the Lord. Paraphrase 6. Let this therefore be part of the daily constant offices of the Church of God to sing Hosannahs and Hallelujahs Psalms and Hymns to him to frequent the blessed Eucharist the cup of blessing and rejoycing And let him be thought unworthy to live to injoy the breath of life or any of the graces of God's spirit which doth not chearfully exercise himself in this part of devotion as ready to acknowledge the receipt of mercies from God as to solicit them HALLELVJAH Annotations on Psal CL. V. 1. Firmament of his power The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 expansion which by the LXXII is generally rendred 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 firmament in respect of the firmness stability and compactedness of that vast body so distended and beaten out as it were by God after the manner of a plate of gold or any other metal is known to comprehend both the regions of the air and all the celestial orbs all that is above and surrounds the earth Here it is taken as Gen. 1.14 for the superiour part of this Expansion that which we call the heavens which being the place of God's special residence is called the expansion or firmament of his power the throne where this powerfull God of heaven dwells But then as the sanctuary or place of God's appointed solemn worship here below is by the Apostle Heb. 9.23 24. styled the figure and pattern or copy of heaven and God pleased in a singular manner to presentiate and exhibit himself there so the sanctuary in this verse exprest by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in his holy or holiness but by the Chaldee exprest to be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the house of his sanctuary is poetically set down by this style which belongs to heaven it self as the Church of God in the New Testament is oft styled the kingdom of heaven So Aben Ezra renders the firmament by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the ark and saith the Psalm is an exhortation to the Levites to praise God who upon these ten sorts of instruments were wont to play in the Temple and accordingly all of them are distinctly reckoned up V. 3. With the sound of the trumpet The Hebrew 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 undoubtedly signifying a trumpet and so interpreted by the LXXII 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by the Chaldee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 lightly varied from the Hebrew is yet rendred by the Syriack 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from which the Latin cornu is but little removed an horn but this not to inject any suspicion that any other instrument is here meant but onely to refer to the ancient custom of making their trumpets of that matter the horns of beasts bored or made hollow agreeable to which is the Arabick 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a trumpet and the Latin buccina hath some affinity to that from the common Hebrew verb 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to empty or make hollow The use of trumpets in war to celebrate a victory and not onely so but to excite their souldiers and encourage them to fight is most known and allowed by the usage of all nations to have that propriety in it and so might not unfitly be derived from the camp to the spiritual 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or warfare God's service in the Temple both to celebrate their thanksgivings with this solemnity of greatest joy and transportation and also to quicken to stir up affections in the performance of such sacred Offices The first mention we find of it in Scripture is in consort with thunder from heaven Exod. 19.16 to solemnize and signifie the presence of God on Sinai and to raise a reverence in the people and withall to assemble them thither And that use of it for the calling assemblies as it is taken from the military custom of assembling all to battel unanimously by this sound so is it of God's own appointment Numb 10.2 and to that use I suppose are the trumpets designed which
a double signification for as it excludes merit so it excludes reward the effect as well as the cause As it excludes merit so it is best rendred without cause and if a kindness be thus done without cause then 't is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 gratuito out of mere mercy or favour if any ill turn then 't is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 unjustly which two though they be as contrary as injustice and excessive mercy yet among the Hellenists one is frequently taken for the other see Psal 35.19 and Jo. 15.25 they hated me 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not out of mere favour but without any justice or desert As it excludes the effect or success and so the reward of the action that which the actour hath in his prospect so 't is most properly rendred 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 frustra in vain without effect And then the question is whether of these notions belongs to it The Syriack seems to take it in the former sense rendring it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 fraudulently or perversly or maliciously and in this sense the Hebrew writers give various interpretations of it which because I cannot approve any of them I recite not For the Chaldee and Latin agree on the latter sense 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 frustra in vain and to that the context well accords for having exhorted not to yield to the tempers whatsoever the pretended advantages or baits are he deters them v. 16. by the great guilt of blood they shall incur by consenting and farther v. 18. by the danger that from this will divolve on their own lives which being great and visible evils and as such represented to them this similitude taken from birds is very pertinent which when the net is spread and baited for them if they see the net will fly away and never be circumvented by the bait and then all the fowlers arts are in vain and so are the tempers fair promises ineffectual any prudent man that sees what mischief the yielding will bring upon him will be sure to fly from them In the last place the Septuagint's rendring will deserve to be considered who reade 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for not unjustly the nets are spread for the winged creatures where it will be hard either to give any account of the addition of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not when v. 11. the same word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is by them duly rendred 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 unjustly the direct contradictory to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not unjustly here or of the sense or pertinency of the place if it be so understood Neither is it imaginable that the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is supposititious crept in through errour of Transcribers both because the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that follows cannot be fit to begin a sentence and because all Copies agree in the reading 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and because the Fathers in their citations generally reade it thus witness two for all first S. Barnabas in his Epistle § iv and 2. S. Cyril of Alexandria on John i. 11 The one thing that seems probable here is that the words were designed by the LXXII by way of interrogation the more strongly to affirm and assevere as our English doth by surely and then as it is ordinary with the Hellenists to use one signification of the Hebrew when it is equivocal for another so here 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 unjustly being taken for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in vain the rendring will be clear For are not the nets spread in vain for winged creatures understanding and strongly intimating that undoubtedly they are That the Fathers which thus recite their words thus reade them I am not able to affirm But this is manifest that they draw the very same conclusion from the verse though perhaps another way viz. that God having shew'd men the way of truth and given them means to make use of it may justly destroy them if they shall go on in deeds of darkness and that herein men are authours to themselves of all their sufferings To this sense are the foremention'd places in S. Barnabas and S. Cyril In the Epistle of S. Barnabas it is thus introduced and made use of We have not the Greek but the Latin lies thus Supergratulari ergo debemus domino quia praeterita nobis ostendit sapientes fecit de futuris non sumus sine intellectu dicit autem 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Hoc dicit quia juste peribit homo habens viam veriratis scientiam se à via tenebrosa non continet adhuc We ought to be extremely thankefull to the Lord because he hath both shewed us what is past and made us wise and concerning things to come we are not without understanding whereto having added this Proverb he presently gives this gloss of it This he saith because the man shall justly perish who hath the luminous way the knowledge of the truth yet doth not contein himself from the dark way And so S. Cyril upon those words of S. John This is condemnation that light came into the world c. where he renders the cause of this their condemnation from this verse in the Proverbs 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 c. and gives the reason 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for saith he they who when they may be illuminated had rather remain in darkness how shall they not be deemed to determin mischief to themselves and to be volunteers in suffering what they might avoid if they had pass'd right judgment of things and prefer'd light before the contrary and that which is better before the worse adding that God hath left them free will inclining this or that way 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by their own bendings that so they might be capable of praise and punishment for good or ill doing according to that of Isa 1. If ye be willing and obedient ye shall eat the good things of the earth c. by all which it is manifest that he thus understood and appeal'd to this Proverb as a testimony that light might be made use of to repell and avoid temptations and that the justice of our condemnation proceeded from our neglecting to make use of it and so that the power given to men by God together with light or knowledge of duty as the wing join'd to the eye were sufficient if made use of to secure men against snares though they were never so cunningly baited which as it is the very importance of this verse which I have pitcht on so can it with no propriety agree to the words cited from the LXXII unless they be read interrogatively and being so read they are most commodious to bear all the stress that he lays upon them and to found that great piece of christian divinity that they to whom God hath revealed his will are by the conjunction of his grace to his word enabled to resist temptations have means afforded them to get out of snares the 〈◊〉
〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 † 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ‖ took u● captive 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 † carried us up ‖ forget † or advance not Jerusalem in the beginning of my joy or mirth * the destroyer 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ‖ 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 † above * above ‖ thou shalt strengthen 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 † or for they shall 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 * For the Lord is high and hath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ‖ nose † perform for me * do not thou let go 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ‖ from far 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 † searchest * or When there is not a word in my tongue O Lord thou knowest all see note b ‖ distrest or begirt † admirable above * doe or deal with it ‖ but or yet 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ‖ formed or power of † compacted * confess to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ‖ embroidered † rude mass and on thy books were all written as they were daily fashioned and not one of them was left out or when there was not one of them * prevailing or exceeding ‖ multiplied above the † or wilt thou 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 * talk of thee for mischief ‖ wearied nauseated 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 † they have been to me for enemies 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ‖ see Chaldee paraph. v. 9. † or with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 * do they gather or prepare ‖ or suffer not his to go forth proceed † the shall cover 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 * Burning shall ‖ they shall be † A sycophant shall not * act the ‖ plea see note on Ps 135. ● 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ‖ directed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 † lifting up * or My heart shall not incline to an evil word to contrive devices inimpiety ‖ I will not partake in their delicacies † Reproach will bruise me that am righteous and rebuke me but that poisonous oyle shall not bruise my head for my prayer shall be in their mischiefs * Their Judges are left by the sides of the rock and have heard my words that they ‖ As one that cuts and sl●ts the earth our bones are scattered at the mouth of Scheol † or pour not ou● wast not away 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ‖ will cry 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 † will so the Jewish Arab * will pour ‖ will shew † look so the Jewish Arab * behold and there is none that will ‖ is lost from † vindicateth ‖ or they † through me shall the righteous come about when thou 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ‖ 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whe● his son pursued him LXXII † R. Ki●chi * in ‖ beat to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 † the dead of the age * And ו ‖ is to thee as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 † let thy good spirit lead me 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ‖ Thou shalt † thou shalt * shalt thou 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ‖ 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 LXXII so the Chaldee also v 10. † mercy 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 * let them smoke 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ‖ of ten strings 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 see Psal 32. note a. † growing great 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 * from this to that sort see note c. ‖ folds see note d. † fat or fleshy * cry ‖ fields or yards 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ‖ beauty or splendor of the glory 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 † issue or pour out * glory of the splendor of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ‖ mercifull 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ‖ Hallelujah See note on Psal 106. a. and 111. a. † 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 LXXII * or fidelity 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ‖ or pleadeth the cause see note on Ps 132. a. † see Psal 147. Paraphr on the Title 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 * 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ‖ Hallelujah ‖ of his understanding there is no number or computation 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 † Beg● † fat 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ‖ every 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ‖ Hallelujah ‖ or whales 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ‖ Hallelujah † So R. Sa●di●h Ca●n and Kimchi interpret it of the days of the Messias * let his praise be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ‖ or glorify ‖ Hallelujah † the multitude of his magnificence 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ‖ The Psal●ery is a known Instrument among the Hebrews to which 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 may refer ‖ So the Arabick Interpreter expounds the word Proverbs * learn see ch 9.9 † discipline or exercise of wit or understanding see note a ‖ rectitudes or probity * cunning 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 G●n 3.1 astu●i● Lat. and so Chal. Syr. Arab. † sagacity or counsel 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ex●●g●i● ‖ conduct managery * elegant composure † extraordinary or excellent ‖ the LXXII over
and thou didst deliver them Paraphrase 4. We thy people have had long experience of thy mercy and fidelity our fathers before us in all their distresses have placed their full affiance in thee for rescue and deliverance and never failed to receive it from thee 5. They cryed unto thee and were delivered they trusted in thee and were not confounded Paraphrase 5. Upon their humble and constant and importunate addresses to thee they continually obtained deliverance from thee and never were discomfited or put to shame in their trusting or relying on thee 6. But I am a worm and no man a reproach of men and despised of the people 7. All they that see me laugh me to scorn they shoot out the lip they shake the head saying 8. He trusted on the Lord that he would deliver him let him deliver him seeing he delighted in him Paraphrase 6 7 8. Mean while I am an abject weak contemptible person reviled and set at nought by the vulgar and baser sort All that behold my present low condition think that I am utterly forsaken and so mock me and scoff at me for trusting in God or relying on any aid of his or taking any comfort or ground of hope from my being in his favour That these three verses have a largest and most literal completion in Christ in his crucifixion see note e. 9. But thou art he that took me out of the womb thou didst make me hope when I was upon my mothers brests 10. I was cast upon thee from the womb thou art my God from my mothers belly Paraphrase 9 10. But all this doth not discourage me I know thy protection hath hitherto supported me in my greatest distresses and weaknesses Thou broughtest me out of the womb of my Mother which duly considered was a greater deliverance than that I now want from thee and from that time didst sustain and uphold me when I was not able to do the least for my self When I came forth into the World I had no inheritance but thy special providence and preservation which if it had been but one minute suspended or withdrawn from me I had been immediately lost but this thou hast from my first conception thus long continued to me and thereby testified to me convincingly that as I have none to depend on but thee so I may on thee confidently repose my trust 11. Be not far from me for trouble is near for there is none to help Paraphrase 11. Now therefore in the approach of the greatest straits and the most absolute destitution of all humane aids be thou seasonably pleased to interpose thy assistance and not to forsake me utterly 12. Many bulls have compast me strong bulls of Basan have beset me round Paraphrase 12. My enemies are very strong and puissant and have besieged me very close brought me to great straits 13. They gaped upon me with their mouth as a ravening and a roaring Lion Paraphrase 13. And now are they ready to devour me and therefore as a Lion when he is near his prey makes a terrible roaring by that means to astonish the poor creature and make it fall down through the fright before him so do they now rave and vaunt and threaten excessively 14. I am poured out like water and all my bones out of joynt my heart is like wax it is melted in the midst of my bowels Paraphrase 14. My outward estate cannot better be resembled than by a consumptive body brought extreme low dayly pining and falling away very fast the bones starting one from the other see v. 17. and the very heart and most vital parts quite dissolved 15. My strength is dryed up like a potsheard and my tongue cleaveth to my jaws and thou hast brought me into the dust of death Paraphrase 15. The radical moisture so dryed up that there is no more left than in a brick or tile that comes scorcht from the kiln the tongue dry and not able to speak and the whole body ready to drop into the grave 16. For dogs have compassed me the assembly of the wicked have inclosed me they pierced my hands and my feet Paraphrase 16. For my enemies come about me as fiercely as so many dogs to rend and tear me a multitude of malitious people like a ravenous Lion have now got me into their power beset me and inclosed me on design to wound and destroy me This was most eminently fulfilled in Christ at his crucifixion that being a real piercing of his hands and feet and that caused by the importunate clamors of the Jewish fanhedrim and people and a more literal accomplishment of the words than belonged to David 17. I may tell all my bones they look and stare upon me Paraphrase 17. My civil state I say is as low as their state of body who have no flesh left on it whose bones consequently are so wide and distant one from another that they may be numbred as Christs were to be on another accasion by being naked and distended on the Cross and are thereupon lookt on as a prodigy and scoft at by all beholders as Christ also was upon the Cross Mat. 27.39 18. They part my garments among them and cast lots upon my vesture Paraphrase 18. They look on me as their prey and all that I have as their lawful spoil or pillage to be divided as by lot and distributed among them This also was more literally fulfilled in Christ John 19.23 24. when the soldiers having divided his upper garments into four parts finding his inner garment to be without scam would not tear it but rather cast lots who should have it 19. But be not thou far from me O Lord O my strength hast thee to help me Paraphrase 19. But be thou O Lord who art my only aid in a special manner present and with speed assistant to me 20. Deliver my soul from the sword my darling from the power of the dog Paraphrase 20. Rescue me now I beseech thee that am left destitute and helpless from the power and malice of these bloody men Or as applied to Christ thou shalt deliver me out of the grave and not permit the very jaws or power of death though it seize on me to detain me under its dominion 21. Save me from the Lions mouth for thou hast heard me from the horns of the Unicorn Paraphrase 21. And as formerly thou hast answered my prayers and preserved me from the strongest enemies when they most insolently exalted themselves against me so be thou now pleased to deliver me from those violent men who now are ready to devour me And thus was it fulfilled to Christ in his Resurrection 22. I will declare thy name unto my brethren in the midst of the congregation will I praise thee Paraphrase 22. And this shall give me continual matter of rejoycing and proclaiming thy wonderful goodness toward me and of making the most publick mentions of these thy unspeakable
confess and extoll thy acts of providence and divine dispensation wherein thou hast most graciously exhibited thy self to us and from time to time continued to oblige us and so wilt continue for ever Annotations on Psal CXVIII V. 12. Quenched 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to be extinguisht or go out is regularly interpreted quenched is yet by the ancient interpreters far otherwise rendred The Chaldee reade 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 burning and the LXXII 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 were on fire the Arabick inflamed and the Latin exarserunt they burnt or flamed which makes it probable that as many other words in the Hebrew language are used in contrary senses see Mr. Pocock in his Miscellany notes cap. 2. so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which signifies in other places passively to be consumed or extinguisht may signifie here as an 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to flame or in an active sense as in Arabick 'tis used violently to break in or set upon as in war or contention when men violently rush one on another So R. Solomon on the place notes the signification of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to be sudden leaping used therefore of fire and water for their sudden leaping out of their place and then applied to fire it will be flaming And thus it best agrees with that which follows as fire among the thorns for 't is certain that flames violently and thus it best connects with the antecedents the other example of their coming about him like bees with which 't is joyned without any note of disjuction This I say because all the ancient interpreters except the Syriack agree in this rendring and the Syriack reteining the Hebrew word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 must be interpreted to the same sense that shall appear to belong to the Hebrew and by the addition of the copulative and doth rather incline to this sense They came about me like bees and they If this be not it then the meaning of those interpreters must be supposed to be that as the fire among thorns is soon extinguisht by the consumption of the thorns so for the time that it burns it flames extremely and so the similitude of his enemies is supposed to hold in the burning as well as the extinction and so 't is observed of the bees that they dye or lose all vigor when they sting animasque in vulnere ponunt and then still this divolves to the same effect or purpose But for the notation of the word it self that 't is here used in the sense of flaming and not being extinguished one farther argument may be drawn from the whole contexture specially from the phrase 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the name of the Lord and the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which follows both thrice repeated in the same manner v. 10 11 12. thus All nations compassed me about 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the name of the Lord 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 therefore so saith the Chaldee and so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 oft signifies I will destroy them That the words are to be rendred by supply of an ellipsis from v. 9. I will trust in the name of the Lord rather than by reading 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in construction before in the name of the Lord and so rendring it for in the former and but in this verse we are taught by the Chaldee who thus render that verse All people compassed me about I trusted in the name of the word of the Lord 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 therefore I shall cut them off And so again v. 11. They compassed me about they compassed me about In the name of the word of the Lord 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I trusted therefore I shall cut them off And then in all reason so it must be here v. 12. In the name of the Lord I trusted therefore I shall destroy them And if so it be then the former part of the verse if it go on in the same scheme with the former two verses must most probably set down the enemies besieging and assaults onely leaving their destruction to the last words of the verse as in the two former it was and then 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 must signifie they were inflamed or burnt as the fire among the thorns or else it will not belong to that sense The other rendring is prest with diverse but especially with this inconvenience that after he hath said they are quenched or extinct he is supposed to add that he will destroy them which cannot in propriety belong to those that are extinct i. e. destroyed already And whereas our English endeavours to help that by rendring 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for in this verse whereas it was rendred but v. 10. and 11. first there is no appearance of reason for that change but to answer this objection to facilitate this rendring of which the principal doubt is and secondly it doth not perform what it pretends to for it cannot be any reason so for notes of their being extinct already that he will or hath confidence that he shall destroy them If therefore the notion of quenching be still reteined it must be by taking the praeter tense in signification of the future thus they compassed me like bees they shall be extinct So the Jewish Arab takes it If or though they compass c. certainly they shall be extinguished making 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a particle of asseveration as Abu Walid notes V. 13. That I might fall The full importance of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is best exprest gerundially ad cadendum to falling not onely to express their desire who thus prest and thrust at him that he might fall for that is supposed in the violence of their impulsion exprest by repetition of the verb 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thou hast by thrusting thrust me but to signifie the event or success of it that I was falling or ready to fall 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 say the LXXII in the infinitive mood gerundially and so the Chaldee and the Syriack and so the Jewish Arab It is a long while that thou hast driven or thrust me to falling And this expresses the greatness and seasonableness of the deliverance that when he was falling God helped him V. 16. Is exalted For the passive notion of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which the Chaldee follows reading 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 exalted the LXXII reade 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hath exalted me and so the Syriack and Latin and Arabick either from the active notion of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 exaltavit elevavit wherein we have it v. 28. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I will exalt thee from which 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is the participle and so literally signifies exalting or else expressing the sense by a short paraphrase God's right hand being therefore said to be exalted as also to doe valiantly because it had exalted him and given him victory over his enemy V. 22. The stone